iai linear servo_actuator_catalog
TRANSCRIPT
Catalog No. CJ0094-3A-UST-2-1108
Notes on Use
◆ This product uses high-performance rare earth permanent magnet. Accordingly, the product may cause malfunction of a pacemaker or other medical device implanted in the human body. If you are using a pacemaker or other implanted medical device, do not come near this product. Also take note that bringing a mobile phone, watch, cash card or other precision device closer to the magnet part of this product may cause damage to the device.
◆ When installing this product, make sure the environment satisfies the following conditions:Not exposed to direct sunlight / The machine does not receive irradiated heat from a large heat source such as a heat treatment oven / Ambient temperature is in a range of 0 to 40°C / Ambient humidity is 85% or below / Dews do not form / Free from corrosive or flammable gases / Not subject to significant dust / Free from oil mist or splashed cutting fluid / Not subject to vibration exceeding 0.3 G / Not exposed to significant electromagnetic waves, ultraviolet ray or radiation
◆ When handling this product, take note that exerting an excessive force on the stainless sheet at the top of the product may damage the stainless sheet. The product may also get damaged if dropped or struck. Handle the product with due care.
◆ This product cannot be used in a vertical position or to perform push-motion operation.
w w w . i n t e l l i g e n t a c t u a t o r . c o m
Home page: www.intelligentactuator.comThe information contained in this catalog is subject to change without notice for the purpose of product improvement.
Headquarters: 2690 W. 237th Street Torrance, CA 90505Chicago Office: 1261 Hamilton Parkway Itasca, IL 60143Atlanta Office: 1220 Kennestone Circle, Suite E Marietta, GA 30066
Wide-ranging
Lineup to
Support Small
to Large
Systems
Linear Servo Actuator
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
A Full Lineup of Models Meeting Various Applications
Maximum speed of 2,500 mm/sec, maximum acceleration/deceleration of 3 G, maximum payload of 120 kg, and maximum stroke of 4 m.
● Compact, lightweight shaft type● Small type with flat motor achieving high thrust with a slim body● Flat type ideal for vertically confined space●Medium type boasting high moment rigidity● Large type capable of transferring a maximum load of 120 kg over 4 m
Select from three types of controllers. Controllers supporting
three different control modes—positioner, pulse-train and program—are available.
A new multi-slider collision prevention function has been added to the SSEL/XSEL controller series.
1 2
1-axis/2-axis program controllerachieving high cost performance
1-axis controller capable of operating actuators in the positioner mode and pulse-train mode
High-performance program controllercapable of controlling up to six axesat the same time
N E W N E W
Shaft type
Shaft type
Shaft type
Small type
Flat type
Medium type
Large type
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
A Full Lineup of Models Meeting Various Applications
Maximum speed of 2,500 mm/sec, maximum acceleration/deceleration of 3 G, maximum payload of 120 kg, and maximum stroke of 4 m.
● Compact, lightweight shaft type● Small type with flat motor achieving high thrust with a slim body ● Flat type ideal for vertically confined space ● Medium type boasting high moment rigidity● Large type capable of transferring a maximum load of 120 kg over 4 m
Select from three types of controllers. Controllers supporting
three different control modes—positioner, pulse-train and program—are available.
A new multi-slider collision prevention function has been added to the SSEL/XSEL controller series.
1 2
1-axis/2-axis program controller achieving high cost performance
1-axis controller capable of operating actuators in the positioner mode and pulse-train mode
High-performance program controller capable of controlling up to six axes at the same time
N E W N E W
Shaft type
Shaft type
Shaft type
Small type
Flat type
Medium type
Large type
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
Linear scale
Coil unit
Guide
Base
Magnet shaft
Despite its compact body, the large type (W21 type) generates a high rated thrust of 400 N through its unique structure that adopts a high-density coil with core and flat magnet. This high thrust enables the actuator to accommodate a payload of up to 120 kg. The W21 can also be ordered with a long stroke of up to 4.15 m, which is ideal for transferring large LCD boards.
Capable of Transferring a Payload of Up to 120 kg over a Length of Up to 4.15 m
Our linear servo actuators are classified into the small, lightweight shaft type, small type with a slim body, flat type with low height, intermediate type offering excellent moment rigidity, and large type capable of transferring a maximum load of 120 kg, among others. We provide a wide selection for you to choose from according to your specific application.
A Wide-ranging Lineup Supporting Small to Large Systems
We have a line of multi-slider models that allow multiple sliders to be operated on a single actuator. These configurations are very effective in saving space and reducing the cycle time. Also, you can use the synchronization function - a popular function offered by the XSEL controller series - to configure a system for transferring glass boards whose size is increasing, or transferring a load at high speed over a wide range.
Multi-slider Type and Synchronization Function
The high performance backed by the maximum acceleration of 3 G and maximum speed of 2.5 m/sec reduces the cycle time significantly compared to when single-axis robots of ball-screw type are used. Unlike with ball-screw actuators, linear servo actuators will not suffer from a drop in their maximum speed as a result of reaching a dangerous speed, even when operated over a long stroke. This means that loads can be transferred reliably at high speed.
Significant Reduction in Cycle Time with a High Acceleration of Up to 3 G and High Speed of 2.5 m/sec
Features
The shaft has a built-in magnet surrounded by a coil to utilize magnetic flux in all directions. As a result, even the compact actuator can generate high thrust. Since the structure requires fewer magnets, the shaft type also offers a great cost advantage.
Compact, Low-cost Shaft Type
The large, high-thrust type adopts a roller-guide structure to support high loads of up to 120 kg. Since the roller guide is less subject to elastic deformation due to load compared to the ball guide, the operation is quiet and smooth while high moment rigidity is also ensured.
Large, High-thrust Type for High-load Applications
Performance/Functions
With linear servo motors, the magnet is not contacting the coil, which means these motors do not need maintenance. Also, all shaft models come with AQ seals installed on their guide. AQ seals supply lubricating oil to the guide over a long period, so the guide need not be oiled for years.
A majority of parts and components comprising IAI’s linear servo actuators, such as the base, guide, linear motor and linear scale, have been developed internally by IAI. Use of in-house parts and components means that the costs of these actuators are kept to a minimum.
AQ Seals Achieving Maintenance-free Operation for a Long Time
■ Traveling Test Data (with/without AQ Seals)
■ Section View of Shaft Type
■ Comparison of Traveling Time between Linear Servo Actuator and Single-axis Robot
Section View of Large Type
Multi-slider type Synchronized operation
Low Cost
Maintainability/Low Cost
Controller
Variations/Structures
A high-function, multi-axis controller capable of controlling up to six axes simultaneously. You can also control a combination of linear servo actuators and single-axis robots using the X-SEL.
Program Control of Up to 6 Axes A dedicated single-axis controller offering both the positioner function and pulse-train input function. Low price is also an attractive feature of the SCON controller.
Positioner/Pulse-train Control
A program controller capable of controlling up to two axes using a simple program (SEL language). The SSEL controller can be used standalone without any external device (PLC). You can also switch to the positioner mode to use the SSEL as a positioner controller.
Program/Positioner Control
3 4
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0.64
Rated speed: 1000mm/s
Rated speed: 2,500 mm/sec
Acceleration: 3 G
Acceleration: 1 G
Time (sec)
Spe
ed (m
m/s
ec)
1.25
Single-axis robot
Comparison conditionsTravel: 1 mMove at the maximum speed. 0.15 sec of settling time is included.
Linear servo actuator
Coil unit
Linear scale
Cable track
Guide
Magnet
No lubrication
Just like single-axis robots and motorized cylinders, operation of IAI’s linear servo actuators is very easy. All you need is to connect the actuator to a controller using a dedicated cable and supply the power. The actuator is now ready to go without cumbersome settings or adjustments. You can also select a desired controller from three different types according to your specific application.
Easy Control
A new function has been added to prevent two sliders from colliding with each other when operated independently in the multi-slider operation mode.
Multi-slider Collision Prevention Function
With AQ sealsNo problem for 25,000 km
Test stopped after 1,800 km due to significant wear
Distance traveled (km)
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
Linear scale
Coil unit
Guide
Base
Magnet shaft
Despite its compact body, the large type (W21 type) generates a high rated thrust of 400 N through its unique structure that adopts a high-density coil with core and flat magnet. This high thrust enables the actuator to accommodate a payload of up to 120 kg. The W21 can also be ordered with a long stroke of up to 4.15 m, which is ideal for transferring large LCD boards.
Capable of Transferring a Payload of Up to 120 kg over a Length of Up to 4.15 m
Our linear servo actuators are classified into the small, lightweight shaft type, small type with a slim body, flat type with low height, intermediate type offering excellent moment rigidity, and large type capable of transferring a maximum load of 120 kg, among others. We provide a wide selection for you to choose from according to your specific application.
A Wide-ranging Lineup Supporting Small to Large Systems
We have a line of multi-slider models that allow multiple sliders to be operated on a single actuator. These configurations are very effective in saving space and reducing the cycle time. Also, you can use the synchronization function - a popular function offered by the XSEL controller series - to configure a system for transferring glass boards whose size is increasing, or transferring a load at high speed over a wide range.
Multi-slider Type and Synchronization Function
The high performance backed by the maximum acceleration of 3 G and maximum speed of 2.5 m/sec reduces the cycle time significantly compared to when single-axis robots of ball-screw type are used. Unlike with ball-screw actuators, linear servo actuators will not suffer from a drop in their maximum speed as a result of reaching a dangerous speed, even when operated over a long stroke. This means that loads can be transferred reliably at high speed.
Significant Reduction in Cycle Time with a High Acceleration of Up to 3 G and High Speed of 2.5 m/sec
Features
The shaft has a built-in magnet surrounded by a coil to utilize magnetic flux in all directions. As a result, even the compact actuator can generate high thrust. Since the structure requires fewer magnets, the shaft type also offers a great cost advantage.
Compact, Low-cost Shaft Type
The large, high-thrust type adopts a roller-guide structure to support high loads of up to 120 kg. Since the roller guide is less subject to elastic deformation due to load compared to the ball guide, the operation is quiet and smooth while high moment rigidity is also ensured.
Large, High-thrust Type for High-load Applications
Performance/Functions
With linear servo motors, the magnet is not contacting the coil, which means these motors do not need maintenance. Also, all shaft models come with AQ seals installed on their guide. AQ seals supply lubricating oil to the guide over a long period, so the guide need not be oiled for years.
A majority of parts and components comprising IAI’s linear servo actuators, such as the base, guide, linear motor and linear scale, have been developed internally by IAI. Use of in-house parts and components means that the costs of these actuators are kept to a minimum.
AQ Seals Achieving Maintenance-free Operation for a Long Time
■ Traveling Test Data (with/without AQ Seals)
■ Section View of Shaft Type
■ Comparison of Traveling Time between Linear Servo Actuator and Single-axis Robot
Section View of Large Type
Multi-slider type Synchronized operation
Low Cost
Maintainability/Low Cost
Controller
Variations/Structures
A high-function, multi-axis controller capable of controlling up to six axes simultaneously. You can also control a combination of linear servo actuators and single-axis robots using the X-SEL.
Program Control of Up to 6 Axes A dedicated single-axis controller offering both the positioner function and pulse-train input function. Low price is also an attractive feature of the SCON controller.
Positioner/Pulse-train Control
A program controller capable of controlling up to two axes using a simple program (SEL language). The SSEL controller can be used standalone without any external device (PLC). You can also switch to the positioner mode to use the SSEL as a positioner controller.
Program/Positioner Control
3 4
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0.64
Rated speed: 1000mm/s
Rated speed: 2,500 mm/sec
Acceleration: 3 G
Acceleration: 1 G
Time (sec)
Spe
ed (m
m/s
ec)
1.25
Single-axis robot
Comparison conditionsTravel: 1 mMove at the maximum speed. 0.15 sec of settling time is included.
Linear servo actuator
Coil unit
Linear scale
Cable track
Guide
Magnet
No lubrication
Just like single-axis robots and motorized cylinders, operation of IAI’s linear servo actuators is very easy. All you need is to connect the actuator to a controller using a dedicated cable and supply the power. The actuator is now ready to go without cumbersome settings or adjustments. You can also select a desired controller from three different types according to your specific application.
Easy Control
A new function has been added to prevent two sliders from colliding with each other when operated independently in the multi-slider operation mode.
Multi-slider Collision Prevention Function
With AQ sealsNo problem for 25,000 km
Test stopped after 1,800 km due to significant wear
Distance traveled (km)
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
■ List of Actuator Specifications ■ List of Controller Specifications
5 6
Exterior view Slider Stroke(mm)
Thrust(N)
Maximumspeed
(mm/sec)
Model(type)
Pages Maximumpayload
(kg)
Actuatorwidth(mm)
60 15
S6SS P15~16
P17~18
P19~20
P21~22
P23~24
P25~26
P27~28
P29~30
P31~32
P33~34
P35~36
P37~38
P39~40
P41~42
P43
P44
P45
P46
P47
P48
P49
P50
S6SM
S8SS
S8SM
S8HS
S8HM
S10SS
S10SM
S10HS
S10HM
H8SS
H8SM
H8HS
H8HM
L15SS
L15SM
N19SS
N19SM
W21SS
W21SM
W21HS
W21HM
3
5
7
15
20
5
2500
8
5
30
60
120
25
35
65
80
30
60
30
100
200
400
Shaft Type
Small Type
Flat Type
Medium Type
Large Type (Standard)
Large Type (High thrust)
Single-axis robot
Single-slider 48~1248
40~1048
60~1620
60~1440
60~1620
60~1380
90~2070
60~1860
90~2070
105~1815
50~1650
130~1430
50~1550
130~1230
150~1650
144~2592
1050~4155
730~3835
895~4000
420~3525
50~1450
72~2232
80
100
80
145
193
210
Exterior viewNumber of controlled
axes
Model(series – type) Pages
Number of positions
Inputpowersupply
Number of programs
1 axis2 axes
512
128 programs9999 steps
1 axis −
Single-phase
AC100VAC200V
1 axis2 axes3 axes4 axes5 axes6 axes
Feature
Affordable 1-axispositioner capableof both positioner
control andpulse-train control
Also supporting fieldnetwork connection
Affordable 2-axiscontroller thatcan performinterpolation operation via
program control
High-function,multi-axis controllercapable of operating
up to six axessimultaneously
Also supporting fieldnetwork connection
20,000 Three-phase
AC200V
Single-phase
AC200V128 programs9999 steps
SCON-C
XSEL-PXSEL-Q
P51
20,000 SSEL-C P52
P53
■ Correspondence Table of Actuator/Controller Operation
SCON−C SSEL−C
○ ○
○ ○
○ ○
○ ○
○ ○
× ×
○ ○
XSEL−P/Q
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Controllers
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e F
lat type
Med
ium typ
e Larg
e type
Stand
ardS
tandard
Stand
ardS
tandard
Stand
ardS
tandard
Stand
ardH
igh thrust
Hig
h thrustH
igh thrust
Hig
h thrust
Single-slider
Single-slider
Single-slider
Single-slider
Single-slider
Single-slider
Single-slider
Single-slider
Single-slider
Multi-slider
Multi-slider
Single-slider
Multi-slider
Multi-slider
Multi-slider
Multi-slider
Multi-slider
Multi-slider
Multi-slider
Multi-slider
Multi-slider
Actuato
rs
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
■ List of Actuator Specifications ■ List of Controller Specifications
5 6
Exterior view Slider Stroke(mm)
Thrust(N)
Maximumspeed
(mm/sec)
Model(type)
Pages Maximumpayload
(kg)
Actuatorwidth(mm)
60 15
S6SS P15~16
P17~18
P19~20
P21~22
P23~24
P25~26
P27~28
P29~30
P31~32
P33~34
P35~36
P37~38
P39~40
P41~42
P43
P44
P45
P46
P47
P48
P49
P50
S6SM
S8SS
S8SM
S8HS
S8HM
S10SS
S10SM
S10HS
S10HM
H8SS
H8SM
H8HS
H8HM
L15SS
L15SM
N19SS
N19SM
W21SS
W21SM
W21HS
W21HM
3
5
7
15
20
5
2500
8
5
30
60
120
25
35
65
80
30
60
30
100
200
400
Shaft Type
Small Type
Flat Type
Medium Type
Large Type (Standard)
Large Type (High thrust)
Single-axis robot
Single-slider 48~1248
40~1048
60~1620
60~1440
60~1620
60~1380
90~2070
60~1860
90~2070
105~1815
50~1650
130~1430
50~1550
130~1230
150~1650
144~2592
1050~4155
730~3835
895~4000
420~3525
50~1450
72~2232
80
100
80
145
193
210
Exterior viewNumber of controlled
axes
Model(series – type) Pages
Number of positions
Inputpowersupply
Number of programs
1 axis2 axes
512
128 programs9999 steps
1 axis −
Single-phase
AC100VAC200V
1 axis2 axes3 axes4 axes5 axes6 axes
Feature
Affordable 1-axispositioner capableof both positioner
control andpulse-train control
Also supporting fieldnetwork connection
Affordable 2-axiscontroller thatcan performinterpolation operation via
program control
High-function,multi-axis controllercapable of operating
up to six axessimultaneously
Also supporting fieldnetwork connection
20,000 Three-phase
AC200V
Single-phase
AC200V128 programs9999 steps
SCON-C
XSEL-PXSEL-Q
P51
20,000 SSEL-C P52
P53
■ Correspondence Table of Actuator/Controller Operation
SCON−C SSEL−C
○ ○
○ ○
○ ○
○ ○
○ ○
× ×
○ ○
XSEL−P/Q
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Controllers
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e F
lat type
Med
ium typ
e Larg
e type
Stand
ardS
tandard
Stand
ardS
tandard
Stand
ardS
tandard
Stand
ardH
igh thrust
Hig
h thrustH
igh thrust
Hig
h thrust
Single-slider
Single-slider
Single-slider
Single-slider
Single-slider
Single-slider
Single-slider
Single-slider
Single-slider
Multi-slider
Multi-slider
Single-slider
Multi-slider
Multi-slider
Multi-slider
Multi-slider
Multi-slider
Multi-slider
Multi-slider
Multi-slider
Multi-slider
Actuato
rs
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
■ System Configuration ■ System Configuration
7 8
SSEL Controller
XSEL Controller
PLC
Teaching pendant (Refer to P. 63.)Model: IA-T-X/XD/XA(Optional)
Main power supply Single-phase AC200V/Three-phase AC200V
I/O flat cable (Refer to P. 66.) Model: CB-DS-PIO020(Supplied with the controller)
Panel unit(Refer to P. 64.) Model: PU-1(Optional)
Regenerative resistanceunit cable Model: CB-SC-REU010
Motor cable (Refer to P. 65.) Model: CB-X-MA□□□(For Shaft, Small, Flat and Medium Types)CB-XMC-MA□□□(For Large type)
Absolute-data backup battery (Refer to P. 64.) Model: AB-5
PC software (Refer to P. 63.) Model: IA-101-X-MW(with RS232C cable) IA-101-X-USB (with USB cable) (Optional)
System-memory backup battery (Refer to P. 64.) Model: AB-5-CS (with case)
AB-5 (battery only) (Optional) *1
USB cable(Refer to P. 64.)Model: CB-SEL-USB010(Supplied with PC software IA-101-X-USB)
RS232C cableModel: CB-ST-E1MW050-EB(Supplied with PC softwareIA-101-X-MW)
Conversion cable(Refer to P. 64) Model: CB-SEL-SJ002(Optional)
2m
PLC
I/O flat cable (Refer to P. 66.) Model: CB-X-PIO020(Supplied with the controller)
2m
4m
5m
1m
5m
0.2m
1m
1m
3m
1m
4m
5m
• DeviceNet• CC-Link• ProfiBus• Ethernet
*1 The system-memory backup battery is required if you want to retain flags and other data used in the program even after the power is turned off.
SCON Controller
PLCTeaching pendant (Refer to P. 62.)<Model: RCM-T/TD><Model: RCM-E><Model: RCM-P>
Field network
I/O flat cable (Refer to P. 66.) <Model: CB-PAC-PIO□□□>Cable length: 2 m (standard) (Supplied with the controller)
To connect an SCON controller to a field network, you can either select anetwork-ready model or use a gatewayunit. Network-ready SCON models canbe connected directly to a network.However, their functions will be limitedto the remote I/O level (= control willbe solely based on ON/OFF of I/Os).If a gateway unit is used, you can havenumerical data such as coordinatevalues communicated between thecontroller and actuator.
* Take note that network-ready SCON controllers do not support pulse-train control.
Regenerative resistance unit (Refer to P. 64.) Model: REU-2(Optional)
(Manufacturer: Densei-Lambda)(You can also purchase the above noise filter through IAI. Please contact IAI for details.)
Motor cable (Refer to P. 65.) Model: CB-X-MA□□□(For Shaft, Small, Flat and Medium Types)Model: CB-XMC-MA□□□(For Large type)
Plug + shell forpulse-train input (Supplied with thecontroller)
Communication cable for pulse-train input (Refer to P. 66.) <Model: CB-SC-PIOS□□□>(Optional)
① External device communication cable Model: CB-RCA-SIO050
② RS232 conversion adapterModel: RCB-CV-MW
③ USB conversion adapterModel: RCB-CV-USB
④ USB cable Model: CB-SEL-USB010
① RS232C cable Model: CB-ST-E1MW050-EB② USB conversion unit (Refer to P. 64.) Model: IA-CV-USB③ USB cable (Refer to P. 64.) Model: CB-SEL-USB010
PC software (Refer to P. 63.) Model: IA-101-X-MW (Comes with ①) IA-101-X-USBMW (Comes with ①, ② and ③)(Optional)
Encoder cable (Refer to P. 65.) Model: CB-X2-PA□□□(For Shaft, Small, Flat and Medium Types)Model: CB-X2-PLA□□□(For Large type)
Absolute-data backup battery (Refer to P. 64.) Model: AB-5
PC software (Refer to P. 62.)RS232 connection type (Comes with ① and ②) <Model: RCM-101-MW>
PC software (Refer to P. 62.)USB connection type(Comes with ①, ③ and ④)<Model: RCM-101-USB>
5m
5m
Main power supply Single-phase AC100VSingle-phase AC200V
Recommended model MC1210Be sure to use a noise filter whenconnecting to a power supply.
ESC
987
654
0
321
BIGIN END
IAI
5m
1m
Be sure to use a noise filter whenconnecting to a power supply.
*
(Manufacturer: Densei-Lambda)(You can also purchase the above noise filter through IAI. Please contact IAI for details.)
Main power supply Single-phase AC100VSingle-phase AC200VRecommended model MC1220 (100V)MC1210 (200V)
Encoder cable (Refer to P. 65.) Model: CB-X2-PA□□□(For Shaft, Small, Flat and Medium Types)Model: CB-X2-PLA□□□(For Large type)
Teaching pendant (Refer to P. 63.)Model: IA-T-X/XD/XA(Optional)
Regenerativeresistance unit (Refer to P. 64.) Model: REU-2(Optional)
Regenerativeresistance unit (Refer to P. 64.) Model: REU-1(Optional)
Regenerative resistance unit cable Model: CB-SC-REU010
Absolute-data backup battery (Refer to P. 64.) Model: AB-5
Motor cable (Refer to P. 65.) Model: CB-X-MA□□□(For Shaft, Small, Flat and Medium Types)CB-XMC-MA□□□(For Large type)
Encoder cable (Refer to P. 65.) Model: CB-X2-PA□□□(For Shaft, Small, Flat and Medium Types)Model: CB-X2-PLA□□□(For Large type)
If command pulse trainsof open collector methodare used, be sure to usea pulse converter.
*
*
*
The cable is supplied with the PCsoftware. Refer to P. 64 for details on replacement cables.
*
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
■ System Configuration ■ System Configuration
7 8
SSEL Controller
XSEL Controller
PLC
Teaching pendant (Refer to P. 63.)Model: IA-T-X/XD/XA(Optional)
Main power supply Single-phase AC200V/Three-phase AC200V
I/O flat cable (Refer to P. 66.) Model: CB-DS-PIO020(Supplied with the controller)
Panel unit(Refer to P. 64.) Model: PU-1(Optional)
Regenerative resistanceunit cable Model: CB-SC-REU010
Motor cable (Refer to P. 65.) Model: CB-X-MA□□□(For Shaft, Small, Flat and Medium Types)CB-XMC-MA□□□(For Large type)
Absolute-data backup battery (Refer to P. 64.) Model: AB-5
PC software (Refer to P. 63.) Model: IA-101-X-MW(with RS232C cable) IA-101-X-USB (with USB cable) (Optional)
System-memory backup battery (Refer to P. 64.) Model: AB-5-CS (with case)
AB-5 (battery only) (Optional) *1
USB cable(Refer to P. 64.)Model: CB-SEL-USB010(Supplied with PC software IA-101-X-USB)
RS232C cableModel: CB-ST-E1MW050-EB(Supplied with PC softwareIA-101-X-MW)
Conversion cable(Refer to P. 64) Model: CB-SEL-SJ002(Optional)
2m
PLC
I/O flat cable (Refer to P. 66.) Model: CB-X-PIO020(Supplied with the controller)
2m
4m
5m
1m
5m
0.2m
1m
1m
3m
1m
4m
5m
• DeviceNet• CC-Link• ProfiBus• Ethernet
*1 The system-memory backup battery is required if you want to retain flags and other data used in the program even after the power is turned off.
SCON Controller
PLCTeaching pendant (Refer to P. 62.)<Model: RCM-T/TD><Model: RCM-E><Model: RCM-P>
Field network
I/O flat cable (Refer to P. 66.) <Model: CB-PAC-PIO□□□>Cable length: 2 m (standard) (Supplied with the controller)
To connect an SCON controller to a field network, you can either select anetwork-ready model or use a gatewayunit. Network-ready SCON models canbe connected directly to a network.However, their functions will be limitedto the remote I/O level (= control willbe solely based on ON/OFF of I/Os).If a gateway unit is used, you can havenumerical data such as coordinatevalues communicated between thecontroller and actuator.
* Take note that network-ready SCON controllers do not support pulse-train control.
Regenerative resistance unit (Refer to P. 64.) Model: REU-2(Optional)
(Manufacturer: Densei-Lambda)(You can also purchase the above noise filter through IAI. Please contact IAI for details.)
Motor cable (Refer to P. 65.) Model: CB-X-MA□□□(For Shaft, Small, Flat and Medium Types)Model: CB-XMC-MA□□□(For Large type)
Plug + shell forpulse-train input (Supplied with thecontroller)
Communication cable for pulse-train input (Refer to P. 66.) <Model: CB-SC-PIOS□□□>(Optional)
① External device communication cable Model: CB-RCA-SIO050
② RS232 conversion adapterModel: RCB-CV-MW
③ USB conversion adapterModel: RCB-CV-USB
④ USB cable Model: CB-SEL-USB010
① RS232C cable Model: CB-ST-E1MW050-EB② USB conversion unit (Refer to P. 64.) Model: IA-CV-USB③ USB cable (Refer to P. 64.) Model: CB-SEL-USB010
PC software (Refer to P. 63.) Model: IA-101-X-MW (Comes with ①) IA-101-X-USBMW (Comes with ①, ② and ③)(Optional)
Encoder cable (Refer to P. 65.) Model: CB-X2-PA□□□(For Shaft, Small, Flat and Medium Types)Model: CB-X2-PLA□□□(For Large type)
Absolute-data backup battery (Refer to P. 64.) Model: AB-5
PC software (Refer to P. 62.)RS232 connection type (Comes with ① and ②) <Model: RCM-101-MW>
PC software (Refer to P. 62.)USB connection type(Comes with ①, ③ and ④)<Model: RCM-101-USB>
5m
5m
Main power supply Single-phase AC100VSingle-phase AC200VRecommended model MC1210Be sure to use a noise filter when
connecting to a power supply.
ESC
987
654
0
321
BIGIN END
IAI
5m
1m
Be sure to use a noise filter whenconnecting to a power supply.
*
(Manufacturer: Densei-Lambda)(You can also purchase the above noise filter through IAI. Please contact IAI for details.)
Main power supply Single-phase AC100VSingle-phase AC200V
Recommended model MC1220 (100V)
MC1210 (200V)
Encoder cable (Refer to P. 65.) Model: CB-X2-PA□□□(For Shaft, Small, Flat and Medium Types)Model: CB-X2-PLA□□□(For Large type)
Teaching pendant (Refer to P. 63.)Model: IA-T-X/XD/XA(Optional)
Regenerativeresistance unit (Refer to P. 64.) Model: REU-2(Optional)
Regenerativeresistance unit (Refer to P. 64.) Model: REU-1(Optional)
Regenerative resistance unit cable Model: CB-SC-REU010
Absolute-data backup battery (Refer to P. 64.) Model: AB-5
Motor cable (Refer to P. 65.) Model: CB-X-MA□□□(For Shaft, Small, Flat and Medium Types)CB-XMC-MA□□□(For Large type)
Encoder cable (Refer to P. 65.) Model: CB-X2-PA□□□(For Shaft, Small, Flat and Medium Types)Model: CB-X2-PLA□□□(For Large type)
If command pulse trainsof open collector methodare used, be sure to usea pulse converter.
*
*
*
The cable is supplied with the PCsoftware. Refer to P. 64 for details on replacement cables.
*
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
Selection method
V
ta tf
t
td tc T
F
FaFf
Fd
ta tf
t
td
T
9 10
■ Model Selection
When selecting an appropriate linear servo actuator, remember that your actuator must meet the following two conditions.
• The thrust required for acceleration is equal to or less than the maximum thrustof the linear servo actuator.
• The thrust during continuous operation is equal to or less than the rated thrustof the linear servo actuator.
The above conditions are explained using the trapezoidoperation pattern as an example.
The operation pattern shown to the left can be converted to the graph below where the vertical axis represents thrust:
In the above graph:
t : Operation time per cycle (sec) tf : Time traveled at constant speed (sec) ta: Acceleration time (sec) td: Deceleration time (sec) tc: Settling time (sec)
In the above graph:
Fa: Thrust required for acceleration (N) Fd: Thrust required for deceleration (N) Ff: Traveling resistance (N)
Thrust required for acceleration (Fa) ≦ Maximum thrustof linear servo actuator
If the thrust required for acceleration (Fa) exceeds the maximum thrust of the linear servo actuator, the slider load or acceleration must be reduced. Check the maximum payload and maximum acceleration using the following formulas, respectively:
Maximum payload m = (Fa - Ff) / a - MMaximum acceleration a = (Fa - Ff) / (M + m)
For the slider to accelerate according to the command, the thrust required for acceleration, or Fa, must be smaller than the maximum thrust of the linear servo actuator. Calculate the thrust required for acceleration (Fa) using the formula below:
S6SS
S8SS
S8HS
S10SS
S10HS
H8SS
H8HS
L15SS
N19SS
W21SS
W21HS
1.4
1.7
2.0
3.5
4.0
1.5
2.0
1.5
5.5
10.0
20.0
5V + 5
9V + 7
9V + 7
20V + 13.5
20V + 13.5
2V + 10
2V + 10
2V + 10
16V + 12
20V + 70
20V + 70
60
100
140
260
320
90
180
90
Refer to the graph on the right.
600
1200
Weight of slider (kg) Maximum thrust (N)Traveling resistanceFf (N)
* V: Slider traveling speed (m/sec) (The attained speed is used under the triangle operating condition.)
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
263
225
188
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Slider traveling speed (mm/sec)
Fa = (M+m) • a+FfM : Weight of slider (kg) m : Slider load (kg)
a : Command acceleration (m/sec²) Ff : Traveling resistance (N)
Maximum thrust of N19SS
■ Examples of Use
Loader/Unloader By using a multi-slider type, you can perform with one actuator what normally requires two actuators. This saves both space and cost.
Transfer of Parts between ProcessesBoasting the maximum acceleration of 3 G and maximum speed of 2.5 m/sec, linear servo actuators can certainly reduce your cycle time.
Glass Board Transfer System By synchronizing two large actuators each capableof transferring a load of up to 120 kg, you can alsotransfer large glass boards.
Glass Board Inspection System A combination of a large linear servo actuator with the maximum stroke of 4,155 mm, with a small linear servo actuator, allows for high-speedinspection over a wide range.
Condition Maximum Thrust
Motor generated
output (N
)
If the obtained value of Fa is smaller than the maximum thrust of the linear servo actuator, condition ① is satisfied.
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
Selection method
V
ta tf
t
td tc T
F
FaFf
Fd
ta tf
t
td
T
9 10
■ Model Selection
When selecting an appropriate linear servo actuator, remember that your actuator must meet the following two conditions.
• The thrust required for acceleration is equal to or less than the maximum thrustof the linear servo actuator.
• The thrust during continuous operation is equal to or less than the rated thrustof the linear servo actuator.
The above conditions are explained using the trapezoidoperation pattern as an example.
The operation pattern shown to the left can be converted to the graph below where the vertical axis represents thrust:
In the above graph:
t : Operation time per cycle (sec) tf : Time traveled at constant speed (sec) ta: Acceleration time (sec) td: Deceleration time (sec) tc: Settling time (sec)
In the above graph:
Fa: Thrust required for acceleration (N) Fd: Thrust required for deceleration (N) Ff: Traveling resistance (N)
Thrust required for acceleration (Fa) ≦ Maximum thrustof linear servo actuator
If the thrust required for acceleration (Fa) exceeds the maximum thrust of the linear servo actuator, the slider load or acceleration must be reduced. Check the maximum payload and maximum acceleration using the following formulas, respectively:
Maximum payload m = (Fa - Ff) / a - MMaximum acceleration a = (Fa - Ff) / (M + m)
For the slider to accelerate according to the command, the thrust required for acceleration, or Fa, must be smaller than the maximum thrust of the linear servo actuator. Calculate the thrust required for acceleration (Fa) using the formula below:
S6SS
S8SS
S8HS
S10SS
S10HS
H8SS
H8HS
L15SS
N19SS
W21SS
W21HS
1.4
1.7
2.0
3.5
4.0
1.5
2.0
1.5
5.5
10.0
20.0
5V + 5
9V + 7
9V + 7
20V + 13.5
20V + 13.5
2V + 10
2V + 10
2V + 10
16V + 12
20V + 70
20V + 70
60
100
140
260
320
90
180
90
Refer to the graph on the right.
600
1200
Weight of slider (kg) Maximum thrust (N)Traveling resistanceFf (N)
* V: Slider traveling speed (m/sec) (The attained speed is used under the triangle operating condition.)
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
263
225
188
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Slider traveling speed (mm/sec)
Fa = (M+m) • a+FfM : Weight of slider (kg) m : Slider load (kg)
a : Command acceleration (m/sec²) Ff : Traveling resistance (N)
Maximum thrust of N19SS
■ Examples of Use
Loader/Unloader By using a multi-slider type, you can perform with one actuator what normally requires two actuators. This saves both space and cost.
Transfer of Parts between ProcessesBoasting the maximum acceleration of 3 G and maximum speed of 2.5 m/sec, linear servo actuators can certainly reduce your cycle time.
Glass Board Transfer System By synchronizing two large actuators each capableof transferring a load of up to 120 kg, you can alsotransfer large glass boards.
Glass Board Inspection System A combination of a large linear servo actuator with the maximum stroke of 4,155 mm, with a small linear servo actuator, allows for high-speedinspection over a wide range.
Condition Maximum Thrust
Motor generated
output (N
)
If the obtained value of Fa is smaller than the maximum thrust of the linear servo actuator, condition ① is satisfied.
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
Exercise
Speed
Timesec
mm/s
Accelerationzone
Constant speedzone
Decelerationzone
Positioning settling time
Positioning time
Speedmm/s
Ft = t
Fa • ta + Ff • tf + Fd • td
Thrust during continuous operation (Ft) ≤ Rated thrust oflinear servo actuator
After considering the load and duty, the thrust during continuous operation, or Ft, must be smaller than the rated thrust of the linear servo actuator. Calculate the thrust during continuous operation using the formula below:
■ tf represents the time traveled at constant speed.Calculate tf by calculating the distance traveled atconstant speed, as follows:tf = Lc/VLc : Time traveled at constant speed (m)
V : Command speed (m/sec)
■ Fd represents the thrust required for deceleration.Calculate Fd using the formula below:
■ td represents the deceleration time. If the acceleration is the sameas the deceleration, td should be the same as the acceleration time.
■ t represents the operation time per cycle and is calculatedas a total sum of the acceleration time (ta), constant speedtime (tf), deceleration time (td), settling time (refer to thetable below), and stationary time.
Fd = (M + m) • a – Ff
15
25
35
65
80
Fa • ta + Ff • tf + Fd • td
S6SS
S8SS
S8HS
S10SS
S10HS
Rated thrust (N) Rated thrust (N)
H8SS
H8HS
L15SS
N19SS
W21SS
W21HS
30
60
30
100
200
400
t =Ft
Whether a given operation pattern is trapezoid or triangle can be determined by whether the speed attained by the actuator when operated over the specified travel at the specified speed is greater or smaller than the specified speed.
Attained speed (Vmax) = Travel (m) x Specified acceleration (m/sec²)
* Distance traveled at constant speed =Travel – Acceleration distance – Deceleration distanceAcceleration distance (deceleration distance) = V²/2a
td = V/a V : Speed (m/sec) a : Acceleration (m/sec²)
S6SS, S6SM, H8SS, H8SM, H8HS, H8HM, W21SS, W21SM, W21HS, W21HM
S8SS, S8SM, S8HS, S8HM, S10SS, S10SM, S10HS, S10HM, N19SS, N19SM
Settling time Models
0.15s
0.2s
Condition Thrust during Continuous Operation
Fa: Thrust required for acceleration (N)ta: Acceleration time (sec) Ff: Traveling resistance (N)tf: Rated traveling time (sec)
Fd: Thrust required for deceleration (N) td: Deceleration time (s) t: Operation time per cycle (sec) (t = ta + tf + td + settling time + stationary time)
ta represents the acceleration time. Here, how to calculate ta varies depending on whether the actuator is operated in the trapezoid pattern or triangle pattern.
Specified speed < Attained speed � Trapezoid patternSpecified speed > Attained speed Triangle pattern
Trapezoid pattern
Specified speed (m/sec) Command acceleration (m/sec²)
Specified speed (m/sec) Command acceleration (m/sec²)
Triangle pattern
Trapezoid pattern
Triangle pattern
Positioning settling time
TimesecAcceleration
zoneDeceleration
zone
Positioning time
If the thrust during continuous operation (Ft) obtained as above is smaller than the rated thrust, condition is satisfied.
If you want to use the maximum acceleration obtained in the test of condition to calculate the cycle time that allows for continuous operation, check if the calculated result is viable using the formula below:
The actuator can be operated under conditions where both conditions and above are satisfied.
If either condition is not satisfied, reduce the slider load, acceleration or duty (*) or take other appropriate measures.
* To reduce the duty, the ratio of traveling time (acceleration +constant speed + deceleration) to cycle time must be lowered.
11 12
Let’s select a linear servo actuator using the selection method explained in the preceding section.
● Actuator model
● Speed
● Acceleration
● Travel distance
● Slider load
● Settling time
● Stroke 1.5 m The actuator will move back and forth under the above conditions.
LSA-H8SS
2.5m/sec
19.6m/sec
1.5m
3kg
0.15sec
★ Operating conditions
The above operation pattern is illustrated by the graph shown to the right.
Now, let’s start calculation according to the selection method.
Fa = (M + m) • a + Ff
Ft = t
Fa • ta + Ff • tf + Fd • td
Now, when the operation pattern at ta is checked, the following is revealed:
Attained speed (Vmax) = 1.5×16.6 → 4.9 m/sec Since this value is greater than the specified speed of 2.5 m/sec, the operation pattern is determined to be trapezoid.
Accordingly, ta = 2.5÷1.6 → 0.15s
Next, tf is calculated.
Distance traveled at constant speed = 1.5 - {(2.5×2.5) ÷ (2×16.6)} × 2 → 1.12m
tf = 1.12 ÷ 2.5 → 0.45s
Thrust required for deceleration Fd = (1.5+3) × 16.6 - 15 → 59.7N
Since td = ta, t = ta + tf + td + 0.15 → 0.9 sec.
When the above values are applied, the earlier formula is rephrased as follows:
Ft = {(89.7 × 89.7) × 0.15 + (15 × 15) × 0.45 + (59.7 × 59.7) × 0.15} ÷ 0.9 → 45.25N
Since the result exceeds the rated thrust of the H8SS, or 30 N, this actuator cannot be used in this operation pattern.
Now, let’s calculate the cycle time that allows for continuous operation:
t = {(89.7 × 89.7) × 0.15 + (15 × 15) × 0.45 + (59.7 × 59.7) × 0.15} ÷ (30 × 30)→ 2.05s
As evident from the result, continuous operation can be performed if the cycle time is increased from 0.9 sec to 2.05 sec.
So, let’s recalculate by assuming t = 2.05.
Ft = {(89.7 × 89.7) × 0.15 + (15 × 15) × 0.45 + (59.7 × 59.7) × 0.15} ÷ 2.05 → 30N
Now, the actuator can be operated.
*1G = 9.8m/s
V
ta tf
t
td T
V
ta tf
t = 2.05
td T
Where, M : Weight of slider (kg): 1.5 kg for the H8SSm : Slider load (kg): 3 kg is used in this exercise.a : Command acceleration (m/sec²) : 19.6 m/sec² is used in this
exercise. Ff : Traveling resistance: 15 N is used in this exercise.
Based on the above conditions, the formula is rephrased as follows: Fa = 4.5×19.6 + 15 → 103.2NSince the maximum thrust of the H8SS is 90 N,this actuator cannot be used under these conditions.
Accordingly, either the slider load or acceleration must be changed. If the slider load is to be changed without changing the acceleration, the maximum load is calculated as follows:m = (90 - 15) ÷19.6 - 1.5 → 2.32 kg
If the acceleration is to be changed without changing the slider load (3 kg), the maximum acceleration is calculated as follows: a = (90 - 15) ÷ (1.5 + 3) → Approx. 16.6m/s²
In this exercise, the acceleration is changed to 16.6 m/sec².
Fa = 4.5 × 16.6 + 15 → 89.7N < 90N (maximum thrust)
Apply the above operation pattern to the formula for thrust during continuous operation explained earlier. For your reference, the command acceleration is assumed to be 16.6 m/sec² based on the examination result of maximum thrust:
Apply the above operation pattern to the formula for maximum thrust explained earlier:
(The deceleration is assumed to be the same.)
Condition Calculate the maximum thrust
Condition Calculate the thrust duringcontinuous operation
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
Exercise
Speed
Timesec
mm/s
Accelerationzone
Constant speedzone
Decelerationzone
Positioning settling time
Positioning time
Speedmm/s
Ft = t
Fa • ta + Ff • tf + Fd • td
Thrust during continuous operation (Ft) ≤ Rated thrust oflinear servo actuator
After considering the load and duty, the thrust during continuous operation, or Ft, must be smaller than the rated thrust of the linear servo actuator. Calculate the thrust during continuous operation using the formula below:
■ tf represents the time traveled at constant speed. Calculate tf by calculating the distance traveled at constant speed, as follows:
tf = Lc/V Lc : Time traveled at constant speed (m)
V : Command speed (m/sec)
■ Fd represents the thrust required for deceleration. Calculate Fd using the formula below:
■ td represents the deceleration time. If the acceleration is the same as the deceleration, td should be the same as the acceleration time.
■ t represents the operation time per cycle and is calculated as a total sum of the acceleration time (ta), constant speed time (tf), deceleration time (td), settling time (refer to the table below), and stationary time.
Fd = (M + m) • a – Ff
15
25
35
65
80
Fa • ta + Ff • tf + Fd • td
S6SS
S8SS
S8HS
S10SS
S10HS
Rated thrust (N) Rated thrust (N)
H8SS
H8HS
L15SS
N19SS
W21SS
W21HS
30
60
30
100
200
400
t =Ft
Whether a given operation pattern is trapezoid or triangle can be determined by whether the speed attained by the actuator when operated over the specified travel at the specified speed is greater or smaller than the specified speed.
Attained speed (Vmax) = Travel (m) x Specified acceleration (m/sec²)
* Distance traveled at constant speed = Travel – Acceleration distance – Deceleration distance Acceleration distance (deceleration distance) = V²/2a
td = V/a V : Speed (m/sec) a : Acceleration (m/sec²)
S6SS, S6SM, H8SS, H8SM, H8HS, H8HM, W21SS, W21SM, W21HS, W21HM
S8SS, S8SM, S8HS, S8HM, S10SS, S10SM, S10HS, S10HM, N19SS, N19SM
Settling time Models
0.15s
0.2s
Condition Thrust during Continuous Operation
Fa: Thrust required for acceleration (N)ta: Acceleration time (sec) Ff: Traveling resistance (N)tf: Rated traveling time (sec)
Fd: Thrust required for deceleration (N) td: Deceleration time (s) t: Operation time per cycle (sec) (t = ta + tf + td + settling time + stationary time)
ta represents the acceleration time. Here, how to calculate ta varies depending on whether the actuator is operated in the trapezoid pattern or triangle pattern.
Specified speed < Attained speed � Trapezoid patternSpecified speed > Attained speed Triangle pattern
Trapezoid pattern
Specified speed (m/sec) Command acceleration (m/sec²)
Specified speed (m/sec) Command acceleration (m/sec²)
Triangle pattern
Trapezoid pattern
Triangle pattern
Positioning settling time
TimesecAcceleration
zoneDeceleration
zone
Positioning time
If the thrust during continuous operation (Ft) obtained as above is smaller than the rated thrust, condition is satisfied.
If you want to use the maximum acceleration obtained in the test of condition to calculate the cycle time that allows for continuous operation, check if the calculated result is viable using the formula below:
The actuator can be operated under conditions where both conditions and above are satisfied.
If either condition is not satisfied, reduce the slider load, acceleration or duty (*) or take other appropriate measures.
* To reduce the duty, the ratio of traveling time (acceleration + constant speed + deceleration) to cycle time must be lowered.
11 12
Let’s select a linear servo actuator using the selection method explained in the preceding section.
● Actuator model
● Speed
● Acceleration
● Travel distance
● Slider load
● Settling time
● Stroke 1.5 m The actuator will move back and forth under the above conditions.
LSA-H8SS
2.5m/sec
19.6m/sec
1.5m
3kg
0.15sec
★ Operating conditions
The above operation pattern is illustrated by the graph shown to the right.
Now, let’s start calculation according to the selection method.
Fa = (M + m) • a + Ff
Ft = t
Fa • ta + Ff • tf + Fd • td
Now, when the operation pattern at ta is checked, the following is revealed:
Attained speed (Vmax) = 1.5×16.6 → 4.9 m/sec Since this value is greater than the specified speed of 2.5 m/sec, the operation pattern is determined to be trapezoid.
Accordingly, ta = 2.5÷1.6 → 0.15s
Next, tf is calculated.
Distance traveled at constant speed = 1.5 - {(2.5×2.5) ÷ (2×16.6)} × 2 → 1.12m
tf = 1.12 ÷ 2.5 → 0.45s
Thrust required for deceleration Fd = (1.5+3) × 16.6 - 15 → 59.7N
Since td = ta, t = ta + tf + td + 0.15 → 0.9 sec.
When the above values are applied, the earlier formula is rephrased as follows:
Ft = {(89.7 × 89.7) × 0.15 + (15 × 15) × 0.45 + (59.7 × 59.7) × 0.15} ÷ 0.9 → 45.25N
Since the result exceeds the rated thrust of the H8SS, or 30 N, this actuator cannot be used in this operation pattern.
Now, let’s calculate the cycle time that allows for continuous operation:
t = {(89.7 × 89.7) × 0.15 + (15 × 15) × 0.45 + (59.7 × 59.7) × 0.15} ÷ (30 × 30) → 2.05s
As evident from the result, continuous operation can be performed if the cycle time is increased from 0.9 sec to 2.05 sec.
So, let’s recalculate by assuming t = 2.05.
Ft = {(89.7 × 89.7) × 0.15 + (15 × 15) × 0.45 + (59.7 × 59.7) × 0.15} ÷ 2.05 → 30N
Now, the actuator can be operated.
*1G = 9.8m/s
V
ta tf
t
td T
V
ta tf
t = 2.05
td T
Where, M : Weight of slider (kg): 1.5 kg for the H8SSm : Slider load (kg): 3 kg is used in this exercise.a : Command acceleration (m/sec²) : 19.6 m/sec² is used in this exercise. Ff : Traveling resistance: 15 N is used in this exercise.
Based on the above conditions, the formula is rephrased as follows: Fa = 4.5×19.6 + 15 → 103.2NSince the maximum thrust of the H8SS is 90 N,this actuator cannot be used under these conditions.
Accordingly, either the slider load or acceleration must be changed. If the slider load is to be changed without changing the acceleration, the maximum load is calculated as follows:m = (90 - 15) ÷19.6 - 1.5 → 2.32 kg
If the acceleration is to be changed without changing the slider load (3 kg), the maximum acceleration is calculated as follows: a = (90 - 15) ÷ (1.5 + 3) → Approx. 16.6m/s²
In this exercise, the acceleration is changed to 16.6 m/sec².
Fa = 4.5 × 16.6 + 15 → 89.7N < 90N (maximum thrust)
Apply the above operation pattern to the formula for thrust during continuous operation explained earlier. For your reference, the command acceleration is assumed to be 16.6 m/sec² based on the examination result of maximum thrust:
Apply the above operation pattern to the formula for maximum thrust explained earlier:
(The deceleration is assumed to be the same.)
Condition Calculate the maximum thrust
Condition Calculate the thrust duringcontinuous operation
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
① Series
② Type
③ Encoder type
④ Applicable driver output
⑤ Stroke
⑥ Applicable controller
⑦ Cable length
⑧ Options
13 14
■ Cable Track Options
■ Stainless Sheet (Replacement Sheet)
Indicate the name of each series.
Indicate the type, actuator width, motor type and slider type.
Example) S 10 S M
Indicate the type of the encoder installed in the actuator.
I: Incremental type Since the slider position data is lost every time the power is turned
off, home return must be performed every time the power is turned on.
Indicate the driver wattage of the controller to be connected.
Indicate the stroke (range of operation) of the actuator (unit: mm).
Indicate the types of controllers with which the actuator can be operated.
T2: SCON/SSEL/XSEL - P/Q
Indicate the length of the motor/encoder cable connecting the actuator and controller.
N: No Cable
S: 3m
M: 5m
X□□ : Select this option if you want to specify a length other than 1, 3 and 5 m
(Example: X08 = 8 m) (*) The standard cables are robot cables.
Indicate the options to be installed on the actuator.
Refer to the facing page for details on CT2 to UM6.
* With the large type, the limit switch is a standard feature (required option). However, you
must still specify “L” in the model name.
Type S: Shaft Type H: Small Type L: Flat Type N: Medium Type W: Large Type
Actuator width 6:60mm 8:80mm 10:100mm 15:145mm 19:193mm 21:210mm
Motor type S: Standard type / H: High-thrust type
Slider type S: Single-slider type / M: Multi-slider type
* The maximum cablelength is 20 m for theSCON/SSEL and 30 mfor the XSEL.
No cable
3mm
5mm
Specified length
Robot cable
N
S
M
X□□R□□
S6SS
S6SM
S8SS
S8SM
S8HM
S8HS
S10SS
S10SM
S10HS
S10HM
H8SS
H8SM
H8HS
H8HM
L15SS
L15SM
N19SS
N19SM
W21SS
W21SM
W21HS
W21HM
Single-slider, 60 mm wide
Multi-slider, 60 mm wide
Single-slider, 80 mm wide
Multi-slider, 80 mm wide
High-thrust single slider, 80 mm wide
High-thrust multi-slider, 80 mm wide
Single-slider, 100 mm wide
Multi-slider, 100 mm wide
High-thrust single slider, 100 mm wide
High-thrust multi-slider, 100 mm wide
Single-slider, 80 mm wide
Multi-slider, 80 mm wide
High-thrust single slider, 80 mm wide
High-thrust multi-slider, 80 mm wide
Single-slider, 145 mm wide
Multi-slider, 145 mm wide
Single-slider, 193 mm wide
Multi-slider, 193 mm wide
Single-slider, 210 mm wide
Multi-slider, 210 mm wide
High-thrust single slider, 210 mm wide
High-thrust multi-slider, 210 mm wide
IncrementalI
4000~48
The strokevaries depending on the model.
48mm
~4000mm
Selected cable trackmodel
■Model
T2
ShaftType
SmallType
FlatType
MediumType
LargeType
CT2
CT3
CT4
CT5
CT6
US1
US2
US3
US4
US5
US6
UM1
UM2
UM3
UM4
UM5
UM6
Limit switch L (Standard)
100 100W
200W
300W
400W
1000W
200
300
400
1000
This stainless sheet is a dustproof sheet that prevents foreign objects from entering the actuator. If the sheet has broken or become damaged, order a replacement sheet by selecting an appropriate model from the right.
Stainless sheet
* Refer to the models specified under “Cable Track Options” on P. 14.
The cable track that comes standard with the shaft type and small type is designed exclusively for wiring a linear servo actuator and provides no space for additional cables the customer may require. If you must wire additional cables, specify a cable track for user wiring by selecting an appropriate model from the right. Cable tracks are available in two sizes of S and M, and you can select the installation direction from the six types illustrated below. * Although cable tracks for user wiring are not available for the flat type, medium type and large type, you can still specify a desired installation direction for the standard cable track (excluding the sideway specification.)
【Installation direction】
【Cable Track for User Wiring】
This is the standard installation direction that applies when a cable track direction is not specified. With a single-slider model, the cable track is installed in the direction shown below. With a multi-slider model, one cable track is installed on both ends.
The cable track is installed on the opposite side compared to the standard specification.
The home is reversed from the standard specification (cable track direction 1).
Cable track direction 1 (standard) Cable track direction 2 (opposite): CT2 Cable track direction 3 CT3
Type M
S6SS
S6SM
S8SS
S8SM
S8HS
S8HM
S10SS
S10SM
S10HS
S10HM
ST-S6SS- (stroke)
ST-S6SM- (stroke)
ST-S8SS- (stroke)
ST-S8SM- (stroke)
ST-S8HS- (stroke)
ST-S8HM- (stroke)
ST-S10SS- (stroke)
ST-S10SM- (stroke)
ST-S10HS- (stroke)
ST-S10HM- (stroke)
ST-H8SS- (stroke)
ST-H8SM- (stroke)
ST-H8HS- (stroke)
ST-H8HM- (stroke)
ST-W21SS- (stroke)
ST-W21SM- (stroke)
ST-W21HS- (stroke)
ST-W21HM- (stroke)
H8SS
H8SM
H8HS
H8HM
W21SS
W21SM
W21HS
W21HM
Type Type code Stainless sheet model Type Type code Stainless sheet model
ShaftType
SmallType
MediumType
LargeType
N19SS ST-N19SS- (stroke) N19SM ST-N19SM- (stroke)
The home is reversed from the CT2 specification (cable track direction 2).
This is the standard installation direction for actuators specified for sideway installation. With a single-slider model, the cable track is installed in the direction shown below. With a multi-slider model, one cable track is installed on both ends.
The cable track is installed on the opposite side compared to the sideway specification.
Cable track direction 5 (sideway, standard): CT5 Cable track direction 6 (opposite specification): CT6
LSA ICT2CT3CT4CT5CT6US1US2
US3US4US5US6UM1UM2UM3UM4UM5UM6
Cable trackfor user wiring
InstallationdirectionModel
None
Type S
Type M
1 (Standard)23456123456123456
【Model】
65
14
91
15
Type S
Horizontal specification Sideway specification
Cable track for user wiring
14
15
60
14
88
4091
Cable track for user wiring
14
40
85
Series Type Encoder type Applicable driver output Stroke Applicable controller Cable Options
Horizontal specification Sideway specification
Cable track direction 4 CT4
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
① Series
② Type
③ Encoder type
④ Applicable driver output
⑤ Stroke
⑥ Applicable controller
⑦ Cable length
⑧ Options
13 14
■Cable Track Options
■ Stainless Sheet (Replacement Sheet)
Indicate the name of each series.
Indicate the type, actuator width, motor type and slider type.
Example) S 10 S M
Indicate the type of the encoder installed in the actuator.
I: Incremental type Since the slider position data is lost every time the power is turned
off, home return must be performed every time the power is turned on.
Indicate the driver wattage of the controller to be connected.
Indicate the stroke (range of operation) of the actuator (unit: mm).
Indicate the types of controllers with which the actuator can be operated.
T2: SCON/SSEL/XSEL - P/Q
Indicate the length of the motor/encoder cable connecting the actuator and controller.
N: No Cable
S: 3m
M: 5m
X□□ : Select this option if you want to specify a length other than 1, 3 and 5 m
(Example: X08 = 8 m) (*) The standard cables are robot cables.
Indicate the options to be installed on the actuator.
Refer to the facing page for details on CT2 to UM6.
* With the large type, the limit switch is a standard feature (required option). However, you
must still specify “L” in the model name.
Type S: Shaft Type H: Small Type L: Flat Type N: Medium Type W: Large Type
Actuator width 6:60mm 8:80mm 10:100mm 15:145mm 19:193mm 21:210mm
Motor type S: Standard type / H: High-thrust type
Slider type S: Single-slider type / M: Multi-slider type
* The maximum cablelength is 20 m for theSCON/SSEL and 30 mfor the XSEL.
No cable
3mm
5mm
Specified length
Robot cable
N
S
M
X□□R□□
S6SS
S6SM
S8SS
S8SM
S8HM
S8HS
S10SS
S10SM
S10HS
S10HM
H8SS
H8SM
H8HS
H8HM
L15SS
L15SM
N19SS
N19SM
W21SS
W21SM
W21HS
W21HM
Single-slider, 60 mm wide
Multi-slider, 60 mm wide
Single-slider, 80 mm wide
Multi-slider, 80 mm wide
High-thrust single slider, 80 mm wide
High-thrust multi-slider, 80 mm wide
Single-slider, 100 mm wide
Multi-slider, 100 mm wide
High-thrust single slider, 100 mm wide
High-thrust multi-slider, 100 mm wide
Single-slider, 80 mm wide
Multi-slider, 80 mm wide
High-thrust single slider, 80 mm wide
High-thrust multi-slider, 80 mm wide
Single-slider, 145 mm wide
Multi-slider, 145 mm wide
Single-slider, 193 mm wide
Multi-slider, 193 mm wide
Single-slider, 210 mm wide
Multi-slider, 210 mm wide
High-thrust single slider, 210 mm wide
High-thrust multi-slider, 210 mm wide
IncrementalI
4000~48
The strokevaries depending on the model.
48mm
~4000mm
Selected cable trackmodel
■ Model
T2
ShaftType
SmallType
FlatType
MediumType
LargeType
CT2
CT3
CT4
CT5
CT6
US1
US2
US3
US4
US5
US6
UM1
UM2
UM3
UM4
UM5
UM6
Limit switch L (Standard)
100 100W
200W
300W
400W
1000W
200
300
400
1000
This stainless sheet is a dustproof sheet that prevents foreign objects from entering the actuator. If the sheet has broken or become damaged, order a replacement sheet by selecting an appropriate model from the right.
Stainless sheet
* Refer to the models specified under “Cable Track Options” on P. 14.
The cable track that comes standard with the shaft type and small type is designed exclusively for wiring a linear servo actuator and provides no space for additional cables the customer may require. If you must wire additional cables, specify a cable track for user wiring by selecting an appropriate model from the right. Cable tracks are available in two sizes of S and M, and you can select the installation direction from the six types illustrated below. * Although cable tracks for user wiring are not available for the flat type, medium type and large type, you can still specify a desired installation direction for the standard cable track (excluding the sideway specification.)
【Installation direction】
【Cable Track for User Wiring】
This is the standard installation direction that applies when a cable track direction is not specified. With a single-slider model, the cable track is installed in the direction shown below. With a multi-slider model, one cable track is installed on both ends.
The cable track is installed on the opposite side compared to the standard specification.
The home is reversed from the standard specification (cable track direction 1).
Cable track direction 1 (standard) Cable track direction 2 (opposite): CT2 Cable track direction 3 CT3
Type M
S6SS
S6SM
S8SS
S8SM
S8HS
S8HM
S10SS
S10SM
S10HS
S10HM
ST-S6SS- (stroke)
ST-S6SM- (stroke)
ST-S8SS- (stroke)
ST-S8SM- (stroke)
ST-S8HS- (stroke)
ST-S8HM- (stroke)
ST-S10SS- (stroke)
ST-S10SM- (stroke)
ST-S10HS- (stroke)
ST-S10HM- (stroke)
ST-H8SS- (stroke)
ST-H8SM- (stroke)
ST-H8HS- (stroke)
ST-H8HM- (stroke)
ST-W21SS- (stroke)
ST-W21SM- (stroke)
ST-W21HS- (stroke)
ST-W21HM- (stroke)
H8SS
H8SM
H8HS
H8HM
W21SS
W21SM
W21HS
W21HM
Type Type code Stainless sheet model Type Type code Stainless sheet model
ShaftType
SmallType
MediumType
LargeType
N19SS ST-N19SS- (stroke) N19SM ST-N19SM- (stroke)
The home is reversed from the CT2 specification (cable track direction 2).
This is the standard installation direction for actuators specified for sideway installation. With a single-slider model, the cable track is installed in the direction shown below. With a multi-slider model, one cable track is installed on both ends.
The cable track is installed on the opposite side compared to the sideway specification.
Cable track direction 5 (sideway, standard): CT5 Cable track direction 6 (opposite specification): CT6
LSA ICT2CT3CT4CT5CT6US1US2
US3US4US5US6UM1UM2UM3UM4UM5UM6
Cable trackfor user wiring
InstallationdirectionModel
None
Type S
Type M
1 (Standard)23456123456123456
【Model】
65
14
91
15
Type S
Horizontal specification Sideway specification
Cable track for user wiring
14
15
60
14
88
4091
Cable track for user wiring
14
40
85
Series Type Encoder type Applicable driver output Stroke Applicable controller Cable Options
Horizontal specification Sideway specification
Cable track direction 4 CT4
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
15 AAAA-BBBB
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eFlat typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
15 LSA-S6SS
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e Flat typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
LSA-S6SS
Caution
LSA S6SS I 100 T2
I: Incremental
specification
N: NoneS: 3mM: 5mX :
T2 : SCONSSELXSEL-P/-Q
Refer to the options
table below.
48:48mm
〜
1248:1248mm
100 : 100W
* Refer to P. 13 for details on each item comprising the model name.
(Note 1) The maximum speed may not be attained if the stroke is short.
(Note 2) The maximum acceleration varies depending on the operating
conditions.
(Note 3) The maximum cable length is 20 m for the SCON/SSEL and 30 m
for the XSEL. Specify a desired length in units of meters.
(Example: X08 = 8 m)
StrokeLABCDE
12481534
72832
1328768
8.3
12001486
618028
1280743
8.1
11521438
613228
1232718
7.9
11041390
68428
1184693
7.7
10561342
63628
1136668
7.5
10081294
518824
1088643
7.3
9601246
514024
1040618
7.0
9121198
59224
992593
6.8
8641150
54424
944568
6.6
8161102
419620
896543
6.4
7681054
414820
848518
6.2
7201006
410020
800493
6.0
6729584
5220
752468
5.8
6249103
20416
704443
5.6
5768623
15616
656418
5.4
5288143
10816
608393
5.2
4807663
6016
560368
5.0
4327183
1216
512343
4.7
3846702
16412
464318
4.5
3366222
11612416293
4.3
28857426812368268
4.1
24052622012320243
3.9
1924781
1728
272218
3.7
1444301
1248
224193
3.5
963821768
176168
3.3
483341288
128143
3.1
Applicable Controller Specifications Applicable controller
Maximum controlled
axesOperating method
Power-supply voltage
Reference page
XSEL
SSEL
SCON
6 axes
2 axes
1 axis
Program
Program/positioner
Pulse train/positioner
Single-phase/ three-phase AC 200 V
Single-phase AC100/200VSingle-phase AC100/200V
→P53
→P52
→P51
Shaft type, 60 mm wideStandard type, single-slider
Model Specifications
Options Common Specifications
Model
LSA-S6SS-I-100- ① -T2- ② - ③
Encoder type
I: Incremental
Applicable drive output (per slider)
100
Stroke Specified in
48-mm steps (mm)
48~1248
Speed (Note 1) (mm/sec)
Payload (Note 2)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Maximum thrust (N)
2500 3 − 60
Maximum acceleration (G) (Note 2)
3
Rated thrust (N)
15
* In the above model names, ① indicates the stroke, ② indicates the cable length, and ③ indicates the options.
4
0+0.
013
ME
D
SE MEHome5
160 63(35)
st
5
63(35)
L(st+286)
2 – φ4H7, depth 8
Cable
4 – M4, depth 10
(max10) E
60
837
8
6
25 255080
65 ± 0.02
16521675
PA × 10035 (B) PA × 100 3550 50
30
C – M4, depth 102 – slot, depth 3 (G)
2 - φ3H7, reamed depth 3
4 – M3, depth 5
54
43
1421
615
45(Re
amer
pitch
: ±0.0
2)
3.3
5.8
2.7 1.85.5
M3 T-slot(F)
81.5
76.5
3532
60
90 87
Detail view of G
Detail view of F
Reference surface
90 89
6060120
1
14585 60
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
Cable track for user wiring (type M) Cable track for user wiring (type S)
1914
1524
4940
14 19
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Type
■ Model Name
Series Encoder type Applicable drive output
Stroke Applicable controller
Cable length Options
Dimensions
Weight (kg)
Name
CT2~6
US1~6
UM1~6
→P14
→P14
→P14
Model Reference page Remarks
Cable track installation direction
Cable track for user wiring, type S
Cable track for user wiring, type M
Installation directions 2 to 6
Installation directions 1 to 6
Installation directions 1 to 6
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Guide
Permissible load moment
Overhang load length
Base
Applicable controller
Cable length (Note 3)
Ambient operating temperature
Linear servo motor
±0.005mm
Built-in linear guide
Ma: 28.9N • m Mb: 41.2 • m Mc: 22.5N • m
300 mm or less in Ma direction / 300 mm or less in Mb/Mc directions
Material: Aluminum with white alumite treatment
T2: SCON, SSEL, XSEL-P/Q
N: No Cable S: 3m M: 5m X□□: Specified length
0 to 40°C, 85% RH or below (non-condensing)
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
AAAA-BBBB 16
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
LSA-S6SS 16
Dimensions – Sideway Specification (Standard)
124
5.52.71.8
5.8
3.3
+ 0
.01
0
3
4
C - M4, depth 102 – slot, depth 3 (G) 2 - φ3H7, reamed depth 3
30
50D5035PA × 100(B)PA × 10035
837
8
25502580± 0.0265
60
ME (*1)HomeME SE
155
M3 T-slot (F)
9089
51
914
6054
81.576.5
43
4 – M4, depth 102 - φ4H7, depth 8
(35) (35)
L (st+286)
5 5
6363 st 160
2415
14 19 19144049
84
Cable
Detail view of G
Detail view of F
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
Cable track for user wiring (type S)
Cable track for user wiring (type M)
45(Re
amer
pitch
: ±0.0
2)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Dimensions – Sideway Specification (Cable Track, Opposite)
2415
14 19 1914
4049
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
1 24
5.52.71.8
5.8
3.3
C – M4, depth 102 – slot, depth 3 (G)
2 – φ3H7, reamed depth 3
30
50 D 5035 PA × 100 (B) PA × 100 35
88
25502580 ±0.0265
60
ME (*1) Home MESE
155
M3 T-slot(F)
9089
51
914
60 54
81.576.5
43
4 – M4, depth 102 - φ4H7, depth 8
(35)(35)
L (st+286)
55
63 63st160
84
Cable
Detail view of F
Cable track for user wiring (type S)
Cable track for user wiring (type M)
37 45(Re
amer
pitch
: ±0.0
2)
3
4
Detail view of G
+0.
01
0
Stroke 12481534
7
28
32
1328
8.8
12001486
6
180
28
1280
8.6
11521438
6
132
28
1232
8.4
11041390
6
84
28
1184
8.2
10561342
6
36
28
1136
8.0
10081294
5
188
24
1088
7.8
9601246
5
140
24
1040
7.5
9121198
5
92
24
992
7.3
8641150
5
44
24
944
7.1
8161102
4
196
20
896
6.9
7681054
4
148
20
848
6.7
7201006
4
100
20
800
6.5
672958
4
52
20
752
6.3
624910
3
204
16
704
6.1
576862
3
156
16
656
5.9
528814
3
108
16
608
5.7
480766
3
60
16
560
5.5
432718
3
12
16
512
5.2
384670
2
164
12
464
5.0
336622
2
116
12
416
4.8
288574
2
68
12
368
4.6
240526
2
20
12
320
4.4
192478
1
172
8
272
4.2
144430
1
124
8
224
4.0
96382
1
76
8
176
3.8
48334
1
28
8
128
3.6
You can download CAD
StrokeLABCD
12481534
72832
13288.8
12001486
618028
12808.6
11521438
613228
12328.4
11041390
68428
11848.2
10561342
63628
11368.0
10081294
518824
10887.8
9601246
514024
10407.5
9121198
59224
9927.3
8641150
54424
9447.1
8161102
419620
8966.9
7681054
414820
8486.7
7201006
410020
8006.5
672958
45220
7526.3
624910
320416
7046.1
576862
315616
6565.9
528814
3108166085.7
480766
360165605.5
432718
312165125.2
384670
2164124645.0
336622
2116124164.8
288574
268123684.6
240526
220123204.4
192478
1172
82724.2
144430
1124
82244.0
96382
1768
1763.8
48334
1288
1283.6
Weight (kg)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Weight (kg)
LABCD
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
17 AAAA-BBBB
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eFlat typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e Flat typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
17 LSA−S6SM
Caution
Model Specifications
Common Specifications
(Note 1) The maximum speed may not be attained if the stroke is short.
(Note 2) The maximum acceleration varies depending on the operating
Conditions.
(Note 3) The maximum cable length is 20 m for the SCON/SSEL and 30 m
for the XSEL. Specify a desired length in units of meters.
(Example: X08 = 8 m)
LABCD
Weight (kg)
Stroke 4052622012320
5.4
8857426812368
5.6
1366222
11612416
5.8
1846702
16412464
6.0
23271831216512
6.2
28076636016560
6.4
3288143
10816
608
6.6
3768623
15616
656
6.8
4249103
20416
704
7.0
4729584
5220
752
7.2
5201006
410020
800
7.5
5681054
414820
848
7.7
6161102
419620
896
7.9
6641150
54424
944
8.1
7121198
59224
992
8.3
7601246
514024
1040
8.5
8081294
518824
1088
8.7
8561342
63628
1136
8.9
9041390
68428
1184
9.1
9521438
613228
1232
9.3
10001486
618028
1280
9.5
10481534
72832
1328
9.8
4
0+0.
013
54
43
2.7 1.85.5
M3 T-slot(F)
81.5
76.5
3532
60
90 87
Detail view of G
Detail view of F
Reference surface
(max10) (max10)
st
160 stME Home
MEHome5
160 63
(35)563
(35)
L(st+486)
2 – φ4H7, depth 84 – M4, depth 10
60
837
8
6
2525 5080
65 ±0.02
16 52 16754 – M3, depth 5
1421
615
45(Re
amer
pitch
: ±0.0
2)
90 89
6060120
1
14585 60
1914
1524
4940
14 19
Cable track for user wiring (type M) Cable track for user wiring (type S)
2 - φ3H7, reamed depth 3
2 – slot, depth 3 (G)
C – M4, depth 10
30
5035A × 100P(B)
D5035 A × 100P
3.3
5.8
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
40 (Minimum distance between sliders)
Shaft Type, 60 mm wideStandard type, multi-slider
Note) To change the cable track position to the opposite side, install the actuator by rotating it 180 degrees horizontally because the actuator is bilaterally symmetrical.
Model Encoder type
I: Incremental
Applicable drive output (per slider)
100
Stroke Specified in
48-mm steps (mm)
40~1048
Speed (Note 1) (mm/sec)
Payload (Note 2)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Maximum thrust (N)
2500 3 − 60
Maximum acceleration (G) (Note 2)
3
Rated thrust (N)
15
* In the above model names, ① indicates the stroke, ② indicates the cable length, and ③ indicates the options.
Options
Name
CT5
US1/US5
UM1/UM5
→P14
→P14
→P14
Sideway specification
Model Reference page Remarks
LSA-S6SMLSA S6SM I 100 T2
I: Incremental
specification
N: NoneS: 3mM: 5mX□□:
T2 : SCONSSELXSEL-P/-Q
Refer to the options
table below.
40:40mm
〜
1048:1048mm
100 : 100W
* Refer to P. 13 for details on each item comprising the model name.
Type
■ Model Name
Series Encoder type Applicable drive output
Stroke Applicable controller
Cable length Options
LSA-S6SM-I-100- ① -T2- ② - ③
Cable track installation direction
Cable track for user wiring, type S
Cable track for user wiring, type M
Standard specification/ sideway specification
Standard specification/ sideway specification
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Dimensions
適応コントローラ仕様Applicable Controller Specifications Applicable controller
Maximum controlled
axesOperating method
Power-supply voltage
Reference page
XSEL
SSEL
SCON
6 axes
2 axes
1 axis
Program
Program/positioner
Pulse train/positioner
Single-phase/ three-phase AC 200 V
Single-phase AC100/200VSingle-phase AC100/200V
→P53
→P52
→P51
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Guide
Permissible load moment
Overhang load length
Base
Applicable controller
Cable length (Note 3)
Ambient operating temperature
Linear servo motor
±0.005mm
Built-in linear guide
Ma: 28.9N • m Mb: 41.2 • m Mc: 22.5N • m
300 mm or less in Ma direction / 300 mm or less in Mb/Mc directions
Material: Aluminum with white alumite treatment
T2: SCON, SSEL, XSEL-P/Q
N: No Cable S: 3m M: 5m X□□: Specified length
0 to 40°C, 85% RH or below (non-condensing)
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
AAAA-BBBB 18
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
Dimensions – Sideway Specification
124
2 - φ3H7, reamed depth 3 2 – slot, depth 3 (G)
PA × 100PA × 1003550
(B) 3550D
30
C – M4, depth 10
ME (*1) Home ME (*1)Home5 5(35) (35)
L (st+486)
6363 st
40(Minimumdistancebetweensliders) st
160160
±0.0265
255080
25
88
60
4 – M4, depth 102 - φ4H7, depth 8
84845.52.71.8
5.8
3.3
4
155
M3 T-slot (F)
9089
51
914
6054
81.576.5
43Detail view of G
Detail view of F
372415
14 19 1914
4049
+0.
01
03
Cable track for user wiring (type S)
Cable track for user wiring (type M)
45(Re
amer
pitch
: ±0.0
2)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
Stroke 40
LABCD
Weight (kg)
52622012320
6.4
88
57426812368
6.6
136
6222
11612416
6.8
184
6702
16412464
7.0
232
71831216512
7.2
280
76636016560
7.4
328
8143
10816608
7.6
376
8623
15616656
7.8
424
9103
20416704
8.0
472
9584
5220
752
8.2
520
10064
10020
800
8.5
568
10544
14820
848
8.7
616
11024
19620
896
8.9
664
11505
4424
944
9.1
712
11985
9224
992
9.3
760
12465
14024
1040
9.5
808
12945
18824
1088
9.7
856
13426
3628
1136
9.9
904
13906
8428
1184
10.1
952
14386
13228
1232
10.3
1000
14866
18028
1280
10.5
1048
15347
2832
1328
10.8
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
LSA-S6SM 18ELECTROMATE
Toll Free Phone (877) SERVO98Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099
Sold & Serviced By:
19 AAAA-BBBB
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eFlat typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e Flat typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
LSA-S8SS
StrokeLABCDE
603381328
132168
4.4
1203981928
192193
4.7
1804581
1528
252218
5.1
24051821212312243
5.4
30057827212372268
5.8
3606382
13212432293
6.1
4206982
19212492318
6.5
48075835216552343
6.9
5408183
11216
612393
7.2
6008783
17216
672418
7.6
6609384
3220
732443
7.9
7209984
9220
792468
8.3
7801058
415220
852493
8.7
8401118
51224
912543
9.0
9001178
57224
972568
9.4
9601238
513224
1032593
9.7
10201298
519224
1092618
10.1
10801358
65228
1152643
10.4
11401418
611228
1212693
10.8
12001478
617228
1272718
11.2
12601538
73232
1332743
11.5
13201598
79232
1392768
11.9
13801658
715232
1452793
12.2
14401718
81236
1512843
12.6
15001778
87236
1572868
12.9
15601838
813236
1632893
13.3
16201898
819236
1692918
13.7
M3 T-slot (F)
Reference surface
5
0+0.
012
4
2.7 1.85.5
Detail view of G
3.3
5.8
Detail view of F
C – M5, depth 10
2 – slot, depth 5 (G) 2 - φ4H7, reamed depth 5
50
50(D)5035 PA × 100 (B) PA × 100 35
ME SE MEHome
L (st+278)
5(45)59 st 160 59
(45)5
2 - φ4H7, depth 84 – M5, depth 10
25502580
65 ± 0.02
4 – M3, depth 5(max15) E
16 52 1675Cable
615
6
2160
(Ream
ed ho
le pit
ch: ±
0.02)
16.5
75
852
8
43
74
91100
97
86
35 8032
60 80140
19910
0
16585 80
1914
1524
4940
14 19
Cable track for user wiring (type S) Cable track for user wiring (type M)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
LSA S8SS I 100 T2
I: Incremental
specification
N: NoneS: 3mM: 5mX□□:
T2 : SCONSSELXSEL-P/-Q
Refer to the options
table below.
60:60mm
〜
1620:1620mm
100 : 100W
* Refer to P. 13 for details on each item comprising the model name.
Type
■ Model Name
Series Encoder type Applicable drive output
Stroke Applicable controller
Cable length Options
LSA-S8SS Shaft type, 80 mmStandard type, single-slider
Model Specifications
Model Encoder type
I: Incremental
Applicable drive output (per slider)
100
Stroke Specified in
60-mm steps (mm)
60~1620
Speed (Note 1) (mm/sec)
Payload (Note 2)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Maximum thrust (N)
2500 5 − 100
Maximum acceleration (G) (Note 2)
3
Rated thrust (N)
25
* In the above model names, ① indicates the stroke, ② indicates the cable length, and ③ indicates the options.
Options
Name
CT2~6
US1~6
UM1~6
→P14
→P14
→P14
Model Reference page Remarks
LSA-S8SS-I-100- ① -T2- ② - ③
Cable track installation direction
Cable track for user wiring, type S
Cable track for user wiring, type M
Common Specifications
Installation directions 2 to 6
Installation directions 1 to 6
Installation directions 1 to 6
Caution
(Note 1) The maximum speed may not be attained if the stroke is short.
(Note 2) The maximum acceleration varies depending on the operating
conditions.
(Note 3) The maximum cable length is 20 m for the SCON/SSEL and 30 m
for the XSEL. Specify a desired length in units of meters.
(Example: X08 = 8 m)
適応コントローラ仕様Applicable Controller Specifications Applicable controller
Maximum controlled
axesOperating method
Power-supply voltage
Reference page
XSEL
SSEL
SCON
6 axes
2 axes
1 axis
Program
Program/positioner
Pulse train/positioner
Single-phase/ three-phase AC 200 V
Single-phase AC100/200VSingle-phase AC100/200V
→P53
→P52
→P51
Weight (kg)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Dimensions
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Guide
Permissible load moment
Overhang load length
Base
Applicable controller
Cable length (Note 3)
Ambient operating temperature
Linear servo motor
±0.005mm
Built-in linear guide
Ma: 42.2N • m Mb: 60.3 • m Mc: 37.6N • m
300 mm or less in Ma direction / 300 mm or less in Mb/Mc directions
Material: Aluminum with white alumite treatment
T2: SCON, SSEL, XSEL-P/Q
N: No Cable S: 3m M: 5m X□□: Specified length
0 to 40°C, 85% RH or below (non-condensing)
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
AAAA-BBBB 20
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
LSA-S8SS
StrokeLABCD
60338
1328
132
4.9
120398
1928
192
5.2
180458
1152
8252
5.6
240518
21212312
5.9
300578
27212372
6.3
360638
213212432
6.6
420698
219212492
7.0
480758
35216552
7.4
540818
311216612
7.7
600878
317216672
8.1
660938
43220732
8.4
720998
49220792
8.8
7801058
415220
852
9.2
8401118
51224
912
9.5
9001178
57224
972
9.9
9601238
513224
1032
10.2
10201298
519224
1092
10.6
10801358
65228
1152
10.9
11401418
611228
1212
11.3
12001478
617228
1272
11.7
12601538
73232
1332
12.0
13201598
79232
1392
12.4
13801658
715232
1452
12.7
14401718
812
36
1512
13.1
15001778
87236
1572
13.4
15601838
813236
1632
13.8
16201898
819236
1692
14.2
1134
C – M5, depth 10 2 – slot, depth 5 (G)
50
50(D)35PA × 100(B)
50
PA × 10035
175
914
8074
91
8643
10099
61
ME SE ME (*1)Home5(45) (45)5
L (st+278)59 st 59160
88
25502580
±0.0265
84
Cable
2415
14 19 1914
4049
75 52
5
4
5.52.71.8
5.8
3.3
+0.
012
0
Detail view of G
Detail view of F
2 – φ4H7, reamed depth 5
60(Re
amed
pitch
: ±0.0
2)
4 – M5, depth 102 – φ4H7, reamed depth 8
Cable track for user wiring (type S)
Cable track for user wiring (type M)
M3 T-slot (F)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
5
4
11 34
50
50 (D)35 (B)
50
PA × 100 35
175
914
80 74
9186
43
10099
61
MESEME�(*1) Home5 (45)(45) 5
L (st+278)59st59 160
88
25502580±0.0265
84
5.52.71.8
5.8
3.3
Cable
+0.
012
0
Detail view of G
Detail view of F
52 75
2415
14 19 1914
4049
Cable track for user wiring (type S)
Cable track for user wiring (type M)
PA × 100
C – M5, depth 102 – slot, depth 5 (G)
2 - φ4H7, reamed depth 5
4 – M5, depth 102 - φ4H7, reamed depth 8
60(Re
amed
pitch
: ±0.0
2)
M3 T-slot (F)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
StrokeLABCD
60338
1328
1324.9
120398
1928
1925.2
180458
1152
82525.6
240518
212123125.9
300578
272123726.3
360638
2132124326.6
420698
2192124927.0
480758
352165527.4
540818
3112166127.7
600878
3172166728.1
660938
432207328.4
720998
492207928.8
7801058
415220
8529.2
8401118
51224
9129.5
9001178
57224
9729.9
9601238
513224
103210.2
10201298
519224
109210.6
10801358
65228
115210.9
11401418
611228
121211.3
12001478
617228
127211.7
12601538
73232
133212.0
13201598
79232
139212.4
13801658
715232
145212.7
14401718
81236
151213.1
15001778
87236
157213.4
15601838
813236
163213.8
16201898
819236
169214.2
Dimensions – Sideway Specification (Standard)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Dimensions – Sideway Specification (Cable Track, Opposite)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Weight (kg)
Weight(kg)
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
21 AAAA-BBBB
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eFlat typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e Flat typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
LSA-S8SM
StrokeLABCD
5
0+0.
012
4
2.7 1.85.5
Detail view of G
Detail view of F
Reference surface
st20 (Minimum distance between sliders)
st160
(max15) (max15)
(45)59
L (st+458)ME
MEHomeHome
5(45)59
160 59
(45)5
615
621
16.5
75
852
8
16 52 1675
25502580
65±0.02
3.3
5.8
60 80140
19910
0
16585 80
1914
1524
4940
14 19
Cable track for user wiring (type S) Cable track for user wiring (type M)
M3 T-slot (F)
60(Re
amed
hole
pitch
: ±0.0
2)
50
50(D)5035 (B) 35
43
74
91100
97
86
35 8032
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
PA × 100 PA × 100
C – M5, depth 10
4 – M5, depth 10
4 – M3, depth 5
2 – slot, depth 5 (G) 2 – φ4H7, reamed depth 5
2 – φ4H7, depth 8
Shaft type, 80 mm wideStandard type, multi-slider
60518212123127.4
120578272123727.7
1806382
132124328.1
2406982
192124928.4
300758352165528.8
3608183
112166129.1
4208783
172166729.5
4809384
3220
7329.9
5409984
9220
79210.2
6001058
415220
85210.6
6601118
51224
91210.9
7201178
57224
97211.3
7801238
513224
103211.6
8401298
519224
109212.0
9001358
65228
115212.4
9601418
611228
121212.7
10201478
617228
127213.1
10801538
73232
133213.4
11401598
79232
139213.8
12001658
715232
145214.1
12601718
81236
151214.5
13201778
87236
157214.9
13801838
813236
163215.2
14401898
819236
169215.6
LSA S8SM I 100 T2
I: Incremental
specification
N: NoneS: 3mM: 5mX□□:
T2 : SCONSSELXSEL-P/-Q
Refer to the options
table below.
60:60mm
〜
1440:1440mm
100 : 100W
* Refer to P. 13 for details on each item comprising the model name.
Type
■ Model Name
Series Encoder type Applicable drive output
Stroke Applicable controller
Cable length Options
LSA-S8SM
Model Specifications
Common Specifications
Note) To change the cable track position to the opposite side, install the actuator by rotating it 180 degrees horizontally because the actuator is bilaterally symmetrical.
Model Encoder type
I: Incremental
Applicable drive output (per slider)
100
Stroke Specified in
60-mm steps (mm)
60~1440
Speed (Note 1) (mm/sec)
Payload (Note 2)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Maximum thrust (N)
2500 5 − 100
Maximum acceleration (G) (Note 2)
3
Rated thrust (N)
25
* In the above model names, ① indicates the stroke, ② indicates the cable length, and ③ indicates the options.
Options
Name
CT5
US1/US5
UM1/UM5
→P14
→P14
→P14
Sideway specification
Model Reference page Remarks
LSA-S8SM-I-100- ① -T2- ② - ③
Cable track installation direction
Cable track for user wiring, type S
Cable track for user wiring, type M
Standard specification/ sideway specification
Standard specification/ sideway specification
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Dimensions
Caution
(Note 1) The maximum speed may not be attained if the stroke is short.
(Note 2) The maximum acceleration varies depending on the operating
conditions.
(Note 3) The maximum cable length is 20 m for the SCON/SSEL and 30 m
for the XSEL. Specify a desired length in units of meters.
(Example: X08 = 8 m)
適応コントローラ仕様Applicable Controller Specifications Applicable controller
Maximum controlled
axesOperating method
Power-supply voltage
Reference page
XSEL
SSEL
SCON
6 axes
2 axes
1 axis
Program
Program/positioner
Pulse train/positioner
Single-phase/ three-phase AC 200 V
Single-phase AC100/200VSingle-phase AC100/200V
→P53
→P52
→P51
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Guide
Permissible load moment
Overhang load length
Base
Applicable controller
Cable length (Note 3)
Ambient operating temperature
Linear servo motor
±0.005mm
Built-in linear guide
Ma: 42.2N • m Mb: 60.3 • m Mc: 37.6N • m
300 mm or less in Ma direction / 300 mm or less in Mb/Mc directions
Material: Aluminum with white alumite treatment
T2: SCON, SSEL, XSEL-P/Q
N: No Cable S: 3m M: 5m X□□: Specified length
0 to 40°C, 85% RH or below (non-condensing)
Weight(kg)
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
AAAA-BBBB 22
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
20(Minimum distance
between sliders)
1134
50
505035 35
(D)(B)
L (st+458)
ME (*1)HomeHomeME (*1)(45) 5
59 160 stst
5
59
(45)
84845
4
255025
±0.026580
88
6199
100
438691
74 804
91
160
175
5.8
3.3
2.75.5
1.8
2415
14 19 1914
4049
Detail view of G
Detail view of F
+0.
012
0
5275
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
Cable track for user wiring (type S)
Cable track for user wiring (type M)
PA × 100 PA × 100
C – M5, depth 102 – slot, depth 5 (G)
2 - φ4H7, reamed depth 5
M3 T-slot (F)
60(Re
amer
pitch
: ±0.0
2)
4 – M5, depth 102 - φ4H7, reamed depth 8
Stroke
LABCD
Weight(kg)
60
51821212312
8.4
120
57827212372
8.7
180
6382
13212432
9.1
240
6982
19212492
9.4
300
75835216552
9.8
360
8183
11216612
10.1
420
8783
17216672
10.5
480
93843220732
10.9
540
99849220792
11.2
600
10584
15220852
11.6
660
11185
1224
912
11.9
720
11785
7224
972
12.3
780
12385
13224
1032
12.6
840
12985
19224
1092
13.0
900
13586
5228
1152
13.4
960
14186
11228
1212
13.7
1020
14786
17228
1272
14.1
1080
15387
3232
1332
14.4
1140
15987
9232
1392
14.8
1200
16587
15232
1452
15.1
1260
17188
1236
1512
15.5
1320
17788
7236
1572
15.9
1380
18388
13236
1632
16.2
1440
18988
19236
1692
16.6
LSA-S8SM
Dimensions – Sideway Specification
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
23 AAAA-BBBB
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eFlat typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e Flat typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
LSA-S8HS
5
0+0.
012
4
2.7 1.85.5
Detail view of G
Detail view of F
3.3
5.8
60 80140
19910
0
16585 80
1914
1524
4940
14 19
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
Cable track for user wiring (type S) Cable track for user wiring (type M)
328035
86 91
74
43
97100
Cable 75165216
E
216
156
65±0.0280
25 50 25
5275
88
5 (45)89160st89
(45) 5
L (st+338)
Home MESEME
35(B)PA × 100 PA × 1003550 (D) 50
C – M5, depth 1050
16.5
4 – M5, depth 102 - φ4H7, depth 8
2 - φ4H7, reamed depth 5
M3 T-slot (F)
Reference surface
4 – M3, depth 5
60(Re
amed
hole p
itch: ±
0.02)
2 – slot, depth 5 (G)
StrokeLABCDE
Weight(kg)
603981928
192193
5.0
1204581
1528
252218
5.4
18051821212312243
5.7
24057827212372268
6.1
3006382
13212432293
6.4
3606982
19212492318
6.8
42075835216552343
7.1
4808183
11216612393
7.5
5408783
17216
672418
7.9
6009384
3220
732443
8.2
6609984
9220
792468
8.6
7201058
415220
852493
8.9
7801118
51224
912543
9.3
8401178
57224
972568
9.6
9001238
513224
1032593
10.0
9601298
519224
1092618
10.4
10201358
65228
1152643
10.7
10801418
611228
1212693
11.1
11401478
617228
1272718
11.4
12001538
73232
1332743
11.8
12601598
79232
1392768
12.1
13201658
715232
1452793
12.5
13801718
81236
1512843
12.9
14401778
87236
1572868
13.2
15001838
813236
1632893
13.6
15601898
819236
1692918
13.9
16201958
95240
1752943
14.3
Shaft type, 80 mm wideHigh-thrust type, single-slider
LSA S8HS I 100 T2
I: Incremental
specification
N: NoneS: 3mM: 5mX□□: Specified length
T2 : SCONSSELXSEL-P/-Q
Refer to the options
table below.
60:60mm
〜
1620:1620mm
100 : 100W
* Refer to P. 13 for details on each item comprising the model name.
Type
■ Model Name
Series Encoder type Applicable drive output
Stroke Applicable controller
Cable length Options
LSA-S8HS
Model Specifications
Options Common Specifications
Model
LSA-S8HS-I-100- ① -T2- ② - ③
Encoder type
I: Incremental
Applicable drive output (per slider)
100
Stroke Specified in
60-mm steps (mm)
60~1620
Speed (Note 1) (mm/sec)
Payload (Note 2)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Maximum thrust (N)
2500 7 − 140
Maximum acceleration (G) (Note 2)
3
Rated thrust (N)
35
* In the above model names, ① indicates the stroke, ② indicates the cable length, and ③ indicates the options.
Name
CT2~6
US1~6
UM1~6
→P14
→P14
→P14
Model Reference page Remarks
Cable track installation direction
Cable track for user wiring, type S
Cable track for user wiring, type M
Installation directions 2 to 6
Installation directions 1 to 6
Installation directions 1 to 6
Caution
(Note 1) The maximum speed may not be attained if the stroke is short.
(Note 2) The maximum acceleration varies depending on the operating
conditions.
(Note 3) The maximum cable length is 20 m for the SCON/SSEL and 30 m
for the XSEL. Specify a desired length in units of meters.
(Example: X08 = 8 m)
適応コントローラ仕様Applicable Controller Specifications Applicable controller
Maximum controlled
axesOperating method
Power-supply voltage
Reference page
XSEL
SSEL
SCON
6 axes
2 axes
1 axis
Program
Program/positioner
Pulse train/positioner
Single-phase/ three-phase AC 200 V
Single-phase AC100/200VSingle-phase AC100/200V
→P53
→P52
→P51
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Dimensions
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Guide
Permissible load moment
Overhang load length
Base
Applicable controller
Cable length (Note 3)
Ambient operating temperature
Linear servo motor
±0.005mm
Built-in linear guide
Ma: 42.2N • m Mb: 60.3 • m Mc: 37.6N • m
300 mm or less in Ma direction / 300 mm or less in Mb/Mc directions
Material: Aluminum with white alumite treatment
T2: SCON, SSEL, XSEL-P/Q
N: No Cable S: 3m M: 5m X□□: Specified length
0 to 40°C, 85% RH or below (non-condensing)
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
AAAA-BBBB 24
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
StrokeLABCD
60398
1928
192
5.5
120458
1152
8252
5.9
180518
21212312
6.2
240578
27212372
6.6
300638
213212432
6.9
360698
219212492
7.3
420758
35216552
7.6
480818
311216612
8.0
540878
317216672
8.4
600938
43220732
8.7
660998
49220792
9.1
7201058
415220852
9.4
7801118
51224
912
9.8
8401178
57224
972
10.1
9001238
513224
1032
10.5
9601298
519224
1092
10.9
10201358
65228
1152
11.2
10801418
611228
1212
11.6
11401478
617228
1272
11.9
12001538
73232
1332
12.3
12601598
79232
1392
12.6
13201658
715232
1452
13.1
13801718
81236
1512
13.4
14401778
87236
1572
13.7
15001838
813236
1632
14.1
15601898
819236
1692
14.4
16201958
95240
1752
14.8
Cable
50
505035 35(B)
(D)
L (st+338)
(45)(45)
89 89
84
Home ME (*1)255025
±0.026580
88
5SEME
160st
5
5
4
1134
175
914
8074
9186
43
10099
61
5.52.71.8
5.8
3.3
2415
14 19 1914
4049
+0.
012
0
Detail view of G
Detail view of F
5275
PA × 100PA × 100
C – M5, depth 10 2 – slot, depth 5 (G)
2 - φ4H7, reamed depth 5
Cable track for user wiring (type S)
Cable track for user wiring (type M)
M3 T-slot (F)
4 – M5, depth 102 – φ4H7, depth 8
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
60(Re
amer
pitch
: ±0.0
2)
Cable
C – M5, depth 10 2 – slot, depth 5 (G)
2 - φ4H7, reamed depth 5
84
HomeME (*1) 255025
±0.026580
88
5
160MESE
(45)
89L (st+338)
89
5 (45)
st
5035(B) PA × 10035
(D)
PA × 10050
50
6199100
438691
74804
9117
5
M3 T-slot (F)
5
4
11 34
5.52.71.8
5.8
3.3
2415
14 19 1914
4049
7552
+0.
012
0
Detail view of G
Detail view of F
Cable track for user wiring (type S)
Cable track for user wiring (type M)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
4 – M5, depth 102 - φ4H7, reamed depth 8
60(Re
amer
pitch
: ±0.0
2)
StrokeLABCD
60398
1928
192
5.5
120458
1152
8252
5.9
180518
21212312
6.2
240578
27212372
6.6
300638
213212432
6.9
360698
219212492
7.3
420758
35216552
7.6
480818
311216612
8.0
540878
317216672
8.4
600938
43220732
8.7
660998
49220792
9.1
7201058
415220852
9.4
7801118
51224
912
9.8
8401178
57224
972
10.1
9001238
513224
1032
10.5
9601298
519224
1092
10.9
10201358
65228
1152
11.2
10801418
611228
1212
11.6
11401478
617228
1272
11.9
12001538
73232
1332
12.3
12601598
79232
1392
12.6
13201658
715232
1452
13.1
13801718
81236
1512
13.4
14401778
87236
1572
13.7
15001838
813236
1632
14.1
15601898
819236
1692
14.4
16201958
95240
1752
14.8
Dimensions – Sideway Specification (Standard)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Dimensions – Sideway Specification (Cable Track, Opposite)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
LSA-S8HS
Weight(kg)
Weight(kg)
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
25 AAAA-BBBB
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eFlat typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e Flat typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
LSA-S8HM
StrokeLABCD
Weight(kg)
328035
86 91
74
43
97100
Reference surface
Detail view of G
Detail view of F
M3 T-slot (F)
5
0+0.
012
4
2.7 1.85.5
stst
5 (45)(45)
L (st+578)
8989160
160(45) 5
MEME
65±0.0280
25 50 25
75165216
852
8
75
16.5
216
156
3.3
5.8
C – M5, depth 102 – slot,
depth 5 (G) 2 – φ4H7, reamed depth 5
Home
2 - φ4H7, depth 8
35(B)35(D)50 50
50
1914
1524
4940
14 19
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
Cable track for user wiring (type S) Cable track for user wiring (type M)
PA × 100 PA × 100
80 (Minimum distance between sliders)Home
60(Re
amed
hole p
itch: ±
0.02)
4 – M3, depth 5
4 – M5, depth 10
60 80140
199100
16585 80
Shaft type, 80 mm wideHigh-thrust type, multi-slider
606382
13212432
8.6
1206982
19212492
9.0
18075835216552
9.3
2408183
11216612
9.7
3008783
17216672
10.1
36093843220732
10.4
4209984
9220
792
10.8
4801058
415220
852
11.1
5401118
51224
912
11.5
6001178
57224
972
11.9
6601238
513224
1032
12.2
7201298
519224
1092
12.6
7801358
65228
1152
12.9
8401418
611228
1212
13.3
9001478
617228
1272
13.6
9601538
73232
1332
14.0
10201598
79232
1392
14.4
10801658
715232
1452
14.7
11401718
81236
1512
15.1
12001778
87236
1572
15.4
12601838
813236
1632
15.8
13201898
819236
1692
16.1
13801958
95240
1752
16.5
LSA S8HM I 100 T2
I: Incremental
specification
N: NoneS: 3mM: 5mX□□:
T2 : SCONSSELXSEL-P/-Q
Refer to the options
table below.
60:60mm
〜
1380:1380mm
100 : 100W
* Refer to P. 13 for details on each item comprising the model name.
Type
■ Model Name
Series Encoder type Applicable drive output
Stroke Applicable controller
Cable length Options
Caution
(Note 1) The maximum speed may not be attained if the stroke is short.
(Note 2) The maximum acceleration varies depending on the operating
conditions.
(Note 3) The maximum cable length is 20 m for the SCON/SSEL and 30 m
for the XSEL. Specify a desired length in units of meters.
(Example: X08 = 8 m)
適応コントローラ仕様Applicable Controller Specifications Applicable controller
Maximum controlled
axesOperating method
Power-supply voltage
Reference page
XSEL
SSEL
SCON
6 axes
2 axes
1 axis
Program
Program/positioner
Pulse train/positioner
Single-phase/ three-phase AC 200 V
Single-phase AC100/200VSingle-phase AC100/200V
→P53
→P52
→P51
LSA-S8HM
Model Specifications
Common Specifications
Note) To change the cable track position to the opposite side, install the actuator by rotating it 180 degrees horizontally because the actuator is bilaterally symmetrical.
Model Encoder type
I: Incremental
Applicable drive output (per slider)
100
Stroke Specified in
60-mm steps (mm)
60~1380
Speed (Note 1) (mm/sec)
Payload (Note 2)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Maximum thrust (N)
2500 7 − 140
Maximum acceleration (G) (Note 2)
3
Rated thrust (N)
35
* In the above model names, ① indicates the stroke, ② indicates the cable length, and ③ indicates the options.
Options
Name
CT5
US1/US5
UM1/UM5
→P14
→P14
→P14
Sideway specification
Model Reference page Remarks
LSA-S8HM-I-100- ① -T2- ② - ③
Cable track installation direction
Cable track for user wiring, type S
Cable track for user wiring, type M
Standard specification/ sideway specification
Standard specification/ sideway specification
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Dimensions
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Guide
Permissible load moment
Overhang load length
Base
Applicable controller
Cable length (Note 3)
Ambient operating temperature
Linear servo motor
±0.005mm
Built-in linear guide
Ma: 42.2N • m Mb: 60.3 • m Mc: 37.6N • m
300 mm or less in Ma direction / 300 mm or less in Mb/Mc directions
Material: Aluminum with white alumite treatment
T2: SCON, SSEL, XSEL-P/Q
N: No Cable S: 3m M: 5m X□□: Specified length
0 to 40°C, 85% RH or below (non-condensing)
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
AAAA-BBBB 26
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
L (st+578)
89
(45)
89
(45) 80 (Minimum distance
between sliders) stst
ME�(*1)HomeHomeME (*1)5
160
84
255025
±0.026580
88
160
5035
(D)35(B)
50
50
5
84
1134
5
4
6199100
438691
74 804
9117
5
5.8
3.3
2.75.5
1.8
5275
+0.
012
0
2415
14 19 1914
4049
PA × 100 PA × 100
C – M5, depth 102 – slot, depth 5 (G)
2 - φ4H7, reamed depth 5
Cable track for user wiring (type S)
Cable track for user wiring (type M)
Detail view of G
Detail view of F
M3 T-slot (F)
60(Re
amer
pitch
: ±0.0
2)
4 – M5, depth 102 – φ4H7, depth 8
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
Stroke
LABCD
Weight(kg)
60
6382
13212432
9.6
120
6982
19212492
10.0
180
75835216552
10.3
240
8183
11216612
10.7
300
8783
17216672
11.1
360
93843220732
11.4
420
99849220792
11.8
480
10584
15220852
12.1
540
111851224912
12.5
600
11785
7224
972
12.9
660
12385
13224
1032
13.2
720
12985
19224
1092
13.6
780
13586
5228
1152
13.9
840
14186
11228
1212
14.3
900
14786
17228
1272
14.6
960
15387
3232
1332
15.0
1020
15987
9232
1392
15.4
1080
16587
15232
1452
15.7
1140
17188
1236
1512
16.1
1200
17788
7236
1572
16.4
1260
18388
13236
1632
16.8
1320
18988
19236
1692
17.1
1380
19589
5240
1752
17.5
Dimensions – Sideway Specification
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
LSA-S8HM
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
27 AAAA-BBBB
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eFlat typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
LSA-S10SS
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e Flat typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
StrokeLABCDE
904301448
144198
8.4
1805201
1348
234248
9.2
2706101
2248
324273
10.1
36070021412414323
10.9
4507902
10412504373
11.7
5408802
19412594423
12.6
6309702
28412
684473
13.4
7201060
37416774498
14.2
8101150
316416
864548
15.1
9001240
325416
954598
15.9
9901330
44420
1044648
16.7
10801420
413420
1134698
17.6
11701510
422420
1224723
18.4
12601600
51424
1314773
19.2
13501690
510424
1404823
20.1
14401780
519424
1494873
20.9
15301870
528424
1584923
21.7
16201960
67428
1674948
22.6
17102050
616428
1764998
23.4
18002140
625428
18541048
24.2
18902230
74432
19441098
25.1
19802320
713432
20341148
25.9
20702410
722432
21241173
26.7
5
0+0.
012
4
2.7 1.85.5
M3 T-slot (F)
Reference surface
3.3
5.8
Detail view of G
Detail view of F
80(Re
amer
pitch
: ±0.0
2)
70
100(D)10020 (B) 20
ME SE Home ME
L (st+340)
(55)90 st 160 90
(55)5 5
25 255085
65±0.02
16521675E
615
621
16.5
97 7010
10
44
93
111
10612
011
7
3532
100
10060160
112
011
9
18585 100
1914
1524
4940
14 19
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
Cable track for user wiring (type S) Cable track for user wiring (type M)
PA × 150PA × 150
Cable4 – M3, depth 5
4 – M6, depth 102 – φ6H7, depth 10
2 – φ4H7, reamed depth 5 C – M5, depth 10
2 – slot, depth 5 (G)
Shaft type, 100 mm wideStandard type, single-slider
LSA S10SS I 200 T2
I: Incremental
specification
N: NoneS: 3mM: 5mX□□:
T2 : SCONSSELXSEL-P/-Q
Refer to the options
table below.
90:90mm
〜
2070:2070mm
200 : 200W
* Refer to P. 13 for details on each item comprising the model name.
Type
■ Model Name
Series Encoder type Applicable drive output
Stroke Applicable controller
Cable length Options
LSA-S10SS
Model Specifications
Model Encoder type
I: Incremental
Applicable drive output (per slider)
200
Stroke Specified in
90-mm steps (mm)
90~2070
Speed (Note 1) (mm/sec)
Payload (Note 2)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Maximum thrust (N)
2500 15 − 260
Maximum acceleration (G) (Note 2)
3
Rated thrust (N)
65
* In the above model names, ① indicates the stroke, ② indicates the cable length, and ③ indicates the options.
Options
Name
CT2~6
US1~6
UM1~6
→P14
→P14
→P14
Model Reference page Remarks
LSA-S10SS-I-200- ① -T2- ② - ③
Cable track installation direction
Cable track for user wiring, type S
Cable track for user wiring, type M
Common Specifications
Installation directions 2 to 6
Installation directions 1 to 6
Installation directions 1 to 6
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Guide
Permissible load moment
Overhang load length
Base
Applicable controller
Cable length (Note 3)
Ambient operating temperature
Linear servo motor
±0.005mm
Built-in linear guide
Ma: 57.4N • m Mb: 81.9 • m Mc: 60.8N • m
300 mm or less in Ma direction / 300 mm or less in Mb/Mc directions
Material: Aluminum with white alumite treatment
T2: SCON, SSEL, XSEL-P/Q
N: No Cable S: 3m M: 5m X□□: Specified length
0 to 40°C, 85% RH or below (non-condensing)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Dimensions
Caution
(Note 1) The maximum speed may not be attained if the stroke is short.
(Note 2) The maximum acceleration varies depending on the operating
conditions.
(Note 3) The maximum cable length is 20 m for the SCON/SSEL and 30 m
for the XSEL. Specify a desired length in units of meters.
(Example: X08 = 8 m)
適応コントローラ仕様Applicable Controller Specifications Applicable controller
Maximum controlled
axesOperating method
Power-supply voltage
Reference page
XSEL
SSEL
SCON
6 axes
2 axes
1 axis
Program
Program/positioner
Pulse train/positioner
Single-phase/ three-phase AC 200 V
Single-phase AC100/200VSingle-phase AC100/200V
→P53
→P52
→P51
Weight(kg)
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
AAAA-BBBB 28
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
LSA-S10SS
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
StrokeLABCD
Weight(kg)
90430
1448
144
8.9
180520
1134
8234
9.7
270610
1224
8324
10.6
360700
21412414
11.4
450790
210412504
12.3
540880
219412594
13.1
630970
228412684
13.9
7201060
37416774
14.7
8101150
316416864
15.6
9001240
325416954
16.4
9901330
44420
1044
17.2
10801420
413420
1134
18.1
11701510
422420
1224
18.9
12601600
51424
1314
19.7
13501690
510424
1404
20.6
14401780
519424
1494
21.4
15301870
528424
1584
22.2
16201960
67428
1674
23.1
17102050
616428
1764
23.9
18002140
625428
1854
24.7
18902230
74432
1944
25.6
19802320
713432
2034
26.4
20702410
722432
2124
27.2
3154100 100
2020(D)(B)
70
1010
ME SE ME (*1)
L (st+340)90
(55) 5
st 90
(55)5
160255025
85±0.0265
195
914
100
93
120119
81
111106
44
5
4
84
5.52.71.8
5.8
3.3
7097
+0.
012
0
2415
14 19 1914
4049
PA × 150 PA × 150
C – M5, depth 10 2 – slot, depth 5 (G)
2 – φ4H7, reamed depth 5
Cable
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
80(R
eam
er p
itch:
±0.
02)
Home
4 – M6, depth 102 – φ6H7, depth 10
M3 T-slot (F)
Cable track for user wiring (type S)
Cable track for user wiring (type M)
Detail view of G
Detail view of F
ME
195
914
100
93
120119
81
111106
44
160
5(55)
90 st
5 (55)
90L (st+340)
70
100 (D)20 (B) 20
100
ME (*1) Home
1010
258550 25
±0.0265
31 54
SE
845
4
5.8
3.3
2.75.5
1.8
9770
+0.
012
0
2415
14 19 1914
4049
Cable track for user wiring (type S)
Cable track for user wiring (type M)
Detail view of G
Detail view of F
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
M3 T-slot (F)
80(R
eam
er p
itch:
±0.
02)
4 – M6, depth 102 – φ6H7, depth 10
Cable
C – M5, depth 10 2 – φ4H7, reamed depth 5 2 – slot, depth 5 (G)
PA × 150PA × 150
StrokeLABCD
Weight(kg)
90430
1448
144
8.9
180520
1134
8234
9.7
270610
1224
8324
10.6
360700
21412414
11.4
450790
210412504
12.3
540880
219412594
13.1
630970
228412684
13.9
7201060
37416774
14.7
8101150
316416864
15.6
9001240
325416954
16.4
9901330
44420
1044
17.2
10801420
413420
1134
18.1
11701510
422420
1224
18.9
12601600
51424
1314
19.7
13501690
510424
1404
20.6
14401780
519424
1494
21.4
15301870
528424
1584
22.2
16201960
67428
1674
23.1
17102050
616428
1764
23.9
18002140
625428
1854
24.7
18902230
74432
1944
25.6
19802320
713432
2034
26.4
20702410
722432
2124
27.2
Dimensions – Sideway Specification (Standard)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Dimensions – Sideway Specification (Cable Track, Opposite)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
29 AAAA-BBBB
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eFlat typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
LSA-S10SM
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e Flat typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
StrokeLABCD
Weight(kg)
5
0+0.
012
4
2.7 1.85.5
Reference surface
stst160
ME Home Home ME
L (st+550)
(55)90
160 90
(55)5 5
615
621
16.5
97
1070
10
16521675
25 255085
65±0.02
3.3
5.8
70
100(D)10020 (B) 20
44
93
111
10612
011
7
3532
100
10060160
112
011
9
18585 100
1914
1524
4940
14 19
Cable track for user wiring (type S) Cable track for user wiring (type M)
Detail view of G
Detail view of F
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
M3 T-slot (F)
PA × 150 PA × 150
50 (Minimum distance between sliders)
80(Re
amer
pitch
: ±0.0
2)
4 – M3, depth 5
4 – M6, depth 102 – φ6H7, depth 10
C – M5, depth 10
2 – slot, depth 5 (G)
2 – φ4H7, reamed depth 5
Shaft type, 100 mm wideStandard type, multi-slider
606101
2248
324
13.5
15070021412414
14.4
2407902
10412504
15.2
3308802
19412594
16.0
4209702
28412684
16.9
5101060
37416774
17.7
6001150
316416
864
18.6
6901240
325416
954
19.4
7801330
44420
1044
20.2
8701420
413420
1134
21.1
9601510
422420
1224
21.9
10501600
51424
1314
22.7
11401690
510424
1404
23.6
12301780
519424
1494
24.4
13201870
528424
1584
25.2
14101960
67428
1674
26.1
15002050
616428
1764
26.9
15902140
625428
1854
27.7
16802230
74432
1944
28.6
17702320
713432
2034
29.4
18602410
722432
2124
30.2
LSA S10SM I 200 T2
I: Incremental
specification
N: NoneS: 3mM: 5mX□□:
T2 : SCONSSELXSEL-P/-Q
Refer to the options
table below.
60:60mm
〜
1860:1860mm
200 : 200W
* Refer to P. 13 for details on each item comprising the model name.
Type
■ Model Name
Series Encoder type Applicable drive output
Stroke Applicable controller
Cable length Options
LSA-S10SM
Model Specifications
Common Specifications
Note) To change the cable track position to the opposite side, install the actuator by rotating it 180 degrees horizontally because the actuator is bilaterally symmetrical.
Model Encoder type
I: Incremental
Applicable drive output (per slider)
200
Stroke Specified in
90-mm steps (mm)
60~1860
Speed (Note 1) (mm/sec)
Payload (Note 2)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Maximum thrust (N)
2500 15 − 260
Maximum acceleration (G) (Note 2)
3
Rated thrust (N)
65
* In the above model names, ① indicates the stroke, ② indicates the cable length, and ③ indicates the options.
Options
Name
CT5
US1/US5
UM1/UM5
→P14
→P14
→P14
Sideway specification
Model Reference page Remarks
LSA-S10SM-I-200- ① -T2- ② - ③
Cable track installation direction
Cable track for user wiring, type S
Cable track for user wiring, type M
Standard specification/ sideway specification
Standard specification/ sideway specification
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Guide
Permissible load moment
Overhang load length
Base
Applicable controller
Cable length (Note 3)
Ambient operating temperature
Linear servo motor
±0.005mm
Built-in linear guide
Ma: 57.4N • m Mb: 81.9 • m Mc: 60.8N • m
300 mm or less in Ma direction / 300 mm or less in Mb/Mc directions
Material: Aluminum with white alumite treatment
T2: SCON, SSEL, XSEL-P/Q
N: No Cable S: 3m M: 5m X□□: Specified length
0 to 40°C, 85% RH or below (non-condensing)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Dimensions
Caution
(Note 1) The maximum speed may not be attained if the stroke is short.
(Note 2) The maximum acceleration varies depending on the operating
conditions.
(Note 3) The maximum cable length is 20 m for the SCON/SSEL and 30 m
for the XSEL. Specify a desired length in units of meters.
(Example: X08 = 8 m)
適応コントローラ仕様Applicable Controller Specifications Applicable controller
Maximum controlled
axesOperating method
Power-supply voltage
Reference page
XSEL
SSEL
SCON
6 axes
2 axes
1 axis
Program
Program/positioner
Pulse train/positioner
Single-phase/ three-phase AC 200 V
Single-phase AC100/200VSingle-phase AC100/200V
→P53
→P52
→P51
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
AAAA-BBBB 30
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
LSA-S10SM
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
HomeME (*1) ME
54 31
70
100 (D)20 (B) 20
100
84
L (st+550)
(55) 5
90 160 stst 90
(55)5
195
914
100
93
120119
81
111106
44
160
1010
258550 25
±0.0265
845
4
5.8
3.3
2.75.5
1.8
97 70
+0.
01
0
2415
14 19 1914
4049
PA × 150
C – M5, depth 10 2 – slot, depth 5 (G)
2 – φ4H7, reamed depth 5
Cable track for user wiring (type S)
Cable track for user wiring (type M)
Detail view of G
Detail view of F
M3 T-slot (F)
Home
80(Re
amer
pitch
: ±0.0
2)
4 – M6, depth 102 – φ6H7, depth 10
50(Minimumdistancebetweensliders)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
Stroke
LABCD
Weight (kg)
60
6101
2248
324
14.5
150
70021412414
15.4
240
7902
10412504
16.2
330
8802
19412594
17.0
420
9702
28412684
17.9
510
106037416774
18.7
600
11503
16416864
19.6
690
12403
25416954
20.4
780
133044420
1044
21.2
870
14204
13420
1134
22.1
960
15104
22420
1224
22.9
1050
16005
1424
1314
23.7
1140
16905
10424
1404
24.6
1230
17805
19424
1494
25.4
1320
18705
28424
1584
26.2
1410
19606
7428
1674
27.1
1500
20506
16428
1764
27.9
1590
21406
25428
1854
28.7
1680
22307
4432
1944
29.6
1770
23207
13432
2034
30.4
1860
24107
22432
2124
31.2
Dimensions – Sideway Specification
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
31 AAAA-BBBB
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eFlat typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
LSA-S10HS
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e Flat typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
StrokeLABCDE
904751448
1441989.2
1805651
1348
23424810.0
2706551
2248
32429810.9
3607452141241434811.7
4508352
1041250439812.5
5409252
1941259444813.4
6301015
22841268447314.2
7201105
37416
77452315.0
8101195
316416
86457315.9
9001285
325416
95462316.7
9901375
44420
104467317.6
10801465
413420
113469818.4
11701555
422420
122474819.2
12601645
51424
131479820.1
13501735
510424
140484820.9
14401825
519424
149489821.7
15301915
528424
158492322.6
16202005
67428
167497323.4
17102095
616428
1764102324.2
18002185
625428
1854107325.1
18902275
74432
1944112325.9
19802365
713432
2034114826.7
20702455
722432
2124119827.6
5
0+0.
012
4
2.7 1.85.5
Reference surface
3.3
5.8
10060160
112
011
9
18585 100
1914
1524
4940
14 19
M3 T-slot (F)
Cable
70
100(D)10042.5 (B) 42.5
ME SE Home ME
L (st+385)
(55)112.5 st 160 112.5
(55)5 5
E165216
75
25 255085
65±0.02
615
621
97 70
16.510
10
44
111
106
93
120
117
3532
100
Cable track for user wiring (type S) Cable track for user wiring (type M)
Detail view of G
Detail view of F
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
PA × 150PA × 15080
(Ream
er pit
ch: ±
0.02)
4 – M6, depth 10
4 – M3, depth 5
2 – φ6H7, depth 10
C – M5, depth 10 2 – slot,
depth 5 (G)
2 – φ4H7, reamed depth 5
Shaft type, 100 mm wideHigh-thrust type, single-slider
LSA S10HS I 200 T2
I: Incremental
specification
N: NoneS: 3mM: 5mX□□:
T2 : SCONSSELXSEL-P/-Q
Refer to the options
table below.
90:90mm
〜
2070:2070mm
200 : 200W
* Refer to P. 13 for details on each item comprising the model name.
Type
■ Model Name
Series Encoder type Applicable drive output
Stroke Applicable controller
Cable length Options
LSA-S10HS
Model Specifications
Options Common Specifications
Model
LSA-S10HS-I-200- ① -T2- ② - ③
Encoder type
I: Incremental
Applicable drive output (per slider)
200
Stroke Specified in
90-mm steps (mm)
90~2070
Speed (Note 1) (mm/sec)
Payload (Note 2)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Maximum thrust (N)
2500 20 − 320
Maximum acceleration (G) (Note 2)
3
Rated thrust (N)
80
* In the above model names, ① indicates the stroke, ② indicates the cable length, and ③ indicates the options.
Name
CT2~6
US1~6
UM1~6
→P14
→P14
→P14
Model Reference page Remarks
Cable track installation direction
Cable track for user wiring, type S
Cable track for user wiring, type M
Installation directions 2 to 6
Installation directions 1 to 6
Installation directions 1 to 6
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Guide
Permissible load moment
Overhang load length
Base
Applicable controller
Cable length (Note 3)
Ambient operating temperature
Linear servo motor
±0.005mm
Built-in linear guide
Ma: 57.4N • m Mb: 81.9 • m Mc: 60.8N • m
300 mm or less in Ma direction / 300 mm or less in Mb/Mc directions
Material: Aluminum with white alumite treatment
T2: SCON, SSEL, XSEL-P/Q
N: No Cable S: 3m M: 5m X□□: Specified length
0 to 40°C, 85% RH or below (non-condensing)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Dimensions
Caution
(Note 1) The maximum speed may not be attained if the stroke is short.
(Note 2) The maximum acceleration varies depending on the operating
conditions.
(Note 3) The maximum cable length is 20 m for the SCON/SSEL and 30 m
for the XSEL. Specify a desired length in units of meters.
(Example: X08 = 8 m)
適応コントローラ仕様Applicable Controller Specifications Applicable controller
Maximum controlled
axesOperating method
Power-supply voltage
Reference page
XSEL
SSEL
SCON
6 axes
2 axes
1 axis
Program
Program/positioner
Pulse train/positioner
Single-phase/ three-phase AC 200 V
Single-phase AC100/200VSingle-phase AC100/200V
→P53
→P52
→P51
Weight(kg)
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
AAAA-BBBB 32
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
LSA-S10HS
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
StrokeLABCD
Weight(kg)
90475
1448
144
9.7
180565
1134
8234
10.5
270655
1224
8324
11.4
360745
21412414
12.2
450835
210412504
13.0
540925
219412594
13.9
6301015
228412684
14.7
7201105
37416774
15.5
8101195
316416864
16.4
9001285
325416954
17.2
9901375
44420
1044
18.1
10801465
413420
1134
18.9
11701555
422420
1224
19.7
12601645
51424
1314
20.6
13501735
510424
1404
21.4
14401825
519424
1494
22.2
15301915
528424
1584
23.1
16202005
67428
1674
23.9
17102095
616428
1764
24.7
18002185
625428
1854
25.6
18902275
74432
1944
26.4
19802365
713432
2034
27.2
20702455
722432
2124
28.1
70
100 10042.542.5
(D)(B)
L (st+385)
(55)
112.5 112.5
(55)
Cable
ME160
5
st
5ME (*1)
1010
258550 25
±0.0265
SE
84
3154
195
914
100
93
120119
81
111106
44
5
4
5.52.71.8
5.8
3.3
97 70
+0.
012
0
2415
14 19 1914
4049
Cable track for user wiring (type S)
Cable track for user wiring (type M)
Detail view of G
Detail view of F
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
PA × 150 PA × 150
C – M5, depth 10 2 – slot, depth 5 (G)
2 – φ4H7, reamed depth 5
Home
80(R
eam
er p
itch:
±0.
02)
4 – M6, depth 102 – φ6H7, depth 10
M3 T-slot (F)
ME160
5
st
5ME (*1) Home
1010
258550 25
±0.0265
SE
70
100(B)42.5 PA × 150
(D) 10042.5
(55)
112.5 112.5
(55)
L (st+385)
195
914
100
93
120119
81
111106
44
31 54
845
4
5.8
3.3
2.75.5
1.8
9770
+0.
012
0
2415
14 19 1914
4049
Cable track for user wiring (type S)
Cable track for user wiring (type M)
Detail view of G
Detail view of F
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
M3 T-slot (F)
80(R
eam
er p
itch:
±0.
02)
4 – M6, depth 102 – φ6H7, depth 10
Cable
C – M5, depth 102 – slot, depth 5 (G)
2 – φ4H7, reamed depth 5
PA × 150
StrokeLABCD
Weight(kg)
90475
1448
144
9.7
180565
1134
8234
10.5
270655
1224
8324
11.4
360745
21412414
12.2
450835
210412504
13.0
540925
219412594
13.9
6301015
228412684
14.7
7201105
37416774
15.5
8101195
316416864
16.4
9001285
325416954
17.2
9901375
44420
1044
18.1
10801465
413420
1134
18.9
11701555
422420
1224
19.7
12601645
51424
1314
20.6
13501735
510424
1404
21.4
14401825
519424
1494
22.2
15301915
528424
1584
23.1
16202005
67428
1674
23.9
17102095
616428
1764
24.7
18002185
625428
1854
25.6
18902275
74432
1944
26.4
19802365
713432
2034
27.2
20702455
722432
2124
28.1
Dimensions – Sideway Specification (Standard)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Dimensions – Sideway Specification (Cable Track, Opposite)
You can download CAD
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
33 AAAA-BBBB
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eFlat typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
LSA-S10HM
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e Flat typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
StrokeLABCD
Weight(kg)
PA × 150 PA × 150
5
0+0.
012
4
2.7 1.85.5
Reference surface
stst160
ME Home Home ME
L (st+640)
(55)112.5
160 112.5
(55)5 5
615
621
16.5
9710
7010
16521675
25 2550
8565±0.02
3.3
5.8
M3 T-slot (F)
C – M5, depth 10 2 – slot,
depth 5 (G)
2 – φ4H7, reamed depth 5
95 (Minimum distance between sliders)
4 – M3, depth 5
80(Re
amer
pitch
: ±0.0
2)
4 – M6, depth 102 – φ6H7, depth 10
70
100(D)10042.5 (B) 42.5
44
111
106
93
120
117
3532
100
10060160
112
011
9
18585 100
1914
1524
4940
14 19
Cable track for user wiring (type S) Cable track for user wiring (type M)
Detail view of G
Detail view of F
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
Shaft type, 100 mm wideHigh-thrust type, multi-slider
10574521412
414
15.6
1958352
10412504
16.4
2859252
19412594
17.3
3751015
228412684
18.1
4651105
37416
774
18.9
5551195
316416
864
19.8
6451285
325416
954
20.6
7351375
44420
1044
21.4
8251465
413420
1134
22.3
9151555
422420
1224
23.1
10051645
51424
1314
23.9
10951735
510424
1404
24.8
11851825
519424
1494
25.6
12751915
528424
1584
26.4
13652005
67428
1674
27.3
14552095
616428
1764
28.1
15452185
625428
1854
28.9
16352275
74432
1944
29.8
17252365
713432
2034
30.6
18152455
722432
2124
31.4
LSA S10HM I 200 T2
I: Incremental
specification
N: NoneS: 3mM: 5mX□□:
T2 : SCONSSELXSEL-P/-Q
Refer to the options
table below.
105:105mm
〜
1815:1815mm
200 : 200W
* Refer to P. 13 for details on each item comprising the model name.
Type
■ Model Name
Series Encoder type Applicable drive output
Stroke Applicable controller
Cable length Options
LSA-S10HM
Model Specifications
Common Specifications
Note) To change the cable track position to the opposite side, install the actuator by rotating it 180 degrees horizontally because the actuator is bilaterally symmetrical.
Model Encoder type
I: Incremental
Applicable drive output (per slider)
200
Stroke Specified in
90-mm steps (mm)
105~1815
Speed (Note 1) (mm/sec)
Payload (Note 2)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Maximum thrust (N)
2500 20 − 320
Maximum acceleration (G) (Note 2)
3
Rated thrust (N)
80
* In the above model names, ① indicates the stroke, ② indicates the cable length, and ③ indicates the options.
Options
Name
CT5
US1/US5
UM1/UM5
→P14
→P14
→P14
Sideway specification
Model Reference page Remarks
LSA-S10HM-I-200- ① -T2- ② - ③
Cable track installation direction
Cable track for user wiring, type S
Cable track for user wiring, type M
Standard specification/ sideway specification
Standard specification/ sideway specification
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Guide
Permissible load moment
Overhang load length
Base
Applicable controller
Cable length (Note 3)
Ambient operating temperature
Linear servo motor
±0.005mm
Built-in linear guide
Ma: 57.4N • m Mb: 81.9 • m Mc: 60.8N • m
300 mm or less in Ma direction / 300 mm or less in Mb/Mc directions
Material: Aluminum with white alumite treatment
T2: SCON, SSEL, XSEL-P/Q
N: No Cable S: 3m M: 5m X□□: Specified length
0 to 40°C, 85% RH or below (non-condensing)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Dimensions
Caution
(Note 1) The maximum speed may not be attained if the stroke is short.
(Note 2) The maximum acceleration varies depending on the operating
conditions.
(Note 3) The maximum cable length is 20 m for the SCON/SSEL and 30 m
for the XSEL. Specify a desired length in units of meters.
(Example: X08 = 8 m)
適応コントローラ仕様Applicable Controller Specifications Applicable controller
Maximum controlled
axesOperating method
Power-supply voltage
Reference page
XSEL
SSEL
SCON
6 axes
2 axes
1 axis
Program
Program/positioner
Pulse train/positioner
Single-phase/ three-phase AC 200 V
Single-phase AC100/200VSingle-phase AC100/200V
→P53
→P52
→P51
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
AAAA-BBBB 34
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
LSA-S10HM
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
70
100 10042.542.5
(D)(B)
L (st+640)
112.5
55
112.5
(55)
stst
HomeME (*1) ME (*1)
54 31
84
5
160
5
195
914
100
93
120119
81
111106
44
160
1010
258550 25
±0.0265
845
4
5.8
3.3
2.75.5
1.8
97 70
+0.
012
0
2415
14 19 1914
4049
Cable track for user wiring (type S)
Cable track for user wiring (type M)
Detail view of G
Detail view of F
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
PA × 150PA × 150
95(Minimum distance
between sliders)
4 – M6, depth 102 – φ6H7, depth 10
Home
80(R
eam
er p
itch:
±0.
02)
C – M5, depth 10 2 – slot, depth 5 (G)
2 – φ4H7, reamed depth 5
M3 T-slot (F)
Stroke
LABCD
Weight (kg)
105
74521412414
16.6
195
8352
10412504
17.4
285
9252
19412594
18.3
375
10152
28412684
19.1
465
110537416774
19.9
555
11953
16416864
20.8
645
12853
25416954
21.6
735
137544420
1044
22.4
825
14654
13420
1134
23.3
915
15554
22420
1224
24.1
1005
16455
1424
1314
24.9
1095
17355
10424
1404
25.8
1185
18255
19424
1494
26.6
1275
19155
28424
1584
27.4
1365
20056
7428
1674
28.3
1455
20956
16428
1764
29.1
1545
21856
25428
1854
29.9
1635
22757
4432
1944
30.8
1725
23657
13432
2034
31.6
1815
24557
22432
2124
32.4
Dimensions – Sideway Specification
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
35 AAAA-BBBB
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eFlat typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
LSA-H8SS
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eFlat typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
ME
SE
ME
Home(34) (34)
L (st+256)
1048 st 160
1048
80 D 80
50
A
E(max27)
6
7516 52 16
16.5
15 621
802550
60
25
75
852
8
Reference surface
72
(95)
86100
97
3135 80
23
5.5 2.7
1.8
5.8
3.3
±0.0265
8060140
19910
0
16585 80
1914
1524
4940
14 19
Cable track for user wiring (type S) Cable track for user wiring (type M)
Detail view of F
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
M3 T-slot (F)
Cable
PB × 100
4 – M5, depth 10
4 – M3, depth 5
(Ream
er pit
ch: ±
0.02)
2 – φ4H7, depth 8
C – M5, depth 10
4 – φ4H7, depth 5
Small type, 80 mm wideStandard type, single-slider
StrokeLABCDE
50306532640130
5.0
1504065338
140180
6.2
25050653410240230
7.4
35060653512340280
8.6
45070653614440330
9.8
550806537
16540380
11.0
650906538
18640430
12.2
7501006539
20740480
13.4
8501106531022
840530
14.6
9501206531124
940580
15.8
10501306531226
1040630
17.0
11501406531328
1140680
18.2
12501506531430
1240730
19.4
13501606531532
1340780
20.6
14501706531634
1440830
21.8
15501806531736
1540880
23.0
16501906531838
1640930
24.2
LSA H8SS I 200 T2
I: Incremental
specification
N: NoneS: 3mM: 5mX□□:
T2 : SCONSSELXSEL-P/-Q
Refer to the options
table below.
50:50mm
〜
1650:1650mm
200 : 200W
* Refer to P. 13 for details on each item comprising the model name.
Type
■ Model Name
Series Encoder type Applicable drive output
Stroke Applicable controller
Cable length Options
LSA-H8SS
Model Specifications
Model Encoder type
I: Incremental
Applicable drive output (per slider)
200
Stroke Specified in
100-mm steps (mm)
50~1650
Speed (Note 1) (mm/sec)
Payload (Note 2)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Maximum thrust (N)
2500 5 − 90
Maximum acceleration (G) (Note 2)
3
Rated thrust (N)
30
* In the above model names, ① indicates the stroke, ② indicates the cable length, and ③ indicates the options.
Options
Name
CT2~6
US1~6
UM1~6
→P14
→P14
→P14
Model Reference page Remarks
LSA-H8SS-I-200- ① -T2- ② - ③
Cable track installation direction
Cable track for user wiring, type S
Cable track for user wiring, type M
Common Specifications
Installation directions 2 to 6
Installation directions 1 to 6
Installation directions 1 to 6
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Guide
Permissible load moment
Overhang load length
Base
Applicable controller
Cable length (Note 3)
Ambient operating temperature
Linear servo motor
±0.005mm
Built-in linear guide
Ma: 8.65N • m Mb: 8.65 • m Mc: 8.65N • m
300 mm or less in Ma direction / 300 mm or less in Mb/Mc directions
Material: Aluminum with white alumite treatment
T2: SCON, SSEL, XSEL-P/Q
N: No Cable S: 3m M: 5m X□□: Specified length
0 to 40°C, 85% RH or below (non-condensing)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Dimensions
Caution
(Note 1) The maximum speed may not be attained if the stroke is short.
(Note 2) The maximum acceleration varies depending on the operating
conditions.
(Note 3) The maximum cable length is 20 m for the SCON/SSEL and 30 m
for the XSEL. Specify a desired length in units of meters.
(Example: X08 = 8 m)
適応コントローラ仕様Applicable Controller Specifications Applicable controller
Maximum controlled
axesOperating method
Power-supply voltage
Reference page
XSEL
SSEL
SCON
6 axes
2 axes
1 axis
Program
Program/positioner
Pulse train/positioner
Single-phase/ three-phase AC 200 V
Single-phase AC100/200VSingle-phase AC100/200V
→P53
→P52
→P51
Weight(kg)
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
AAAA-BBBB 36
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
LSA-H8SS
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
ME SE Home ME (*1)
1134
10099
61
175
914
8072
MAX:27 L (st+256)
(34) (34)
4848
10 10
st 160
80
5.52.7 1.8
5.8
3.3
23
D 80
50
A
75
(95)
852
8
±0.026580
25 50 2586
84
2415
14 19 1914
4049
Cable track for user wiring (type S)
Cable track for user wiring (type M)
Detail view of F
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
Cable
C – M5, depth 104 – φ4H7, depth 5
PB × 100
M3 T-slot (F)
4 – M5, depth 10
60(Re
amer
pitch
: ±0.0
2)
2 – φ4H7, depth 8
StrokeLABCD
Weight(kg)
503065326405.5
1504065338
1406.7
250506534102407.9
350606535123409.1
4507065361444010.3
5508065371654011.5
6509065381864012.7
7501006
539
2074013.9
8501106
531022
84015.1
9501206
531124
94016.3
10501306
531226
104017.5
11501406
531328
114018.7
12501506
531430
124019.9
13501606
531532
134021.1
14501706
531634
144022.3
15501806
531736
154023.5
16501906
531838
164024.7
11 34
10099
61
175
914
80 72
160 st
10 10
4848
(34) (34)
L (st+256) MAX:27
80
23
D 80
50
A
75
(95)
852
8
±0.026580
25 50 2586
Home MESEME (*1)
845.52.7 1.8
5.8
3.3
2415
14 19 1914
4049
Cable track for user wiring (type S)
Cable track for user wiring (type M)
Detail view of F
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
M3 T-slot (F)
60(Re
amer
pitch
: ±0.0
2)
4 – M5, depth 102 – φ4H7, depth 8
C – M5, depth 10
Cable
4 – φ4H7, depth 5
PB × 100
StrokeLABCD
Weight(kg)
503065326405.5
1504065338
1406.7
250506534102407.9
350606535123409.1
4507065361444010.3
5508065371654011.5
6509065381864012.7
7501006
539
2074013.9
8501106
531022
84015.1
9501206
531124
94016.3
10501306
531226
104017.5
11501406
531328
114018.7
12501506
531430
124019.9
13501606
531532
134021.1
14501706
531634
144022.3
15501806
531736
154023.5
16501906
531838
164024.7
Dimensions – Sideway Specification (Standard)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Dimensions – Sideway Specification (Cable Track, Opposite)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
37 AAAA-BBBB
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eFlat typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
LSA-H8SM
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eFlat typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
StrokeLABCDE
Weight(kg)
1306065351234018010.7
2307065361444023011.9
330806537
1654028013.1
430906538
1864033014.3
5301006539
2074038015.5
6301106531022
84043016.7
7301206531124
94048017.9
8301306531226
104053019.1
9301406531328
114058020.3
10301506531430
124063021.5
11301606531532
134068022.7
12301706531634
144073023.9
13301806531736
154078025.1
14301906531838
164083026.3
5.5 2.7
1.8
5.8
3.3
72
(95)
86100
97
3135 80
23
max22)
±0.026580
7516 52 16
2525 5016
.5
615 6
6021
(max22)
Home ME
ME st1048160
st
Home(34) (34)
L (st+476)
1048 160
80 D 80A
50
75
852
8
E E
Reference surface
8060140
19910
0
16585 80
1914
1524
4940
14 19
Cable track for user wiring (type S) Cable track for user wiring (type M)
Detail view of F
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
PB × 100C – M5, depth 10
4 – φ4H7, depth 5
60 (Minimum distance between sliders)
4 – M5, depth 10
4 – M3, depth 5
(Ream
er pit
ch: ±
0.02)
2 – φ4H7, depth 8
Small type, 80 mm wideStandard type, multi-slider
LSA H8SM I 200 T2
I: Incremental
specification
N: NoneS: 3mM: 5mX□□:
T2 : SCONSSELXSEL-P/-Q
Refer to the options
table below.
130:130mm
〜
1430:1430mm
200 : 200W
* Refer to P. 13 for details on each item comprising the model name.
Type
■ Model Name
Series Encoder type Applicable drive output
Stroke Applicable controller
Cable length Options
Caution
(Note 1) The maximum speed may not be attained if the stroke is short.
(Note 2) The maximum acceleration varies depending on the operating
conditions.
(Note 3) The maximum cable length is 20 m for the SCON/SSEL and 30 m
for the XSEL. Specify a desired length in units of meters.
(Example: X08 = 8 m)
適応コントローラ仕様Applicable Controller Specifications Applicable controller
Maximum controlled
axesOperating method
Power-supply voltage
Reference page
XSEL
SSEL
SCON
6 axes
2 axes
1 axis
Program
Program/positioner
Pulse train/positioner
Single-phase/ three-phase AC 200 V
Single-phase AC100/200VSingle-phase AC100/200V
→P53
→P52
→P51
LSA-H8SM
Model Specifications
Common Specifications
Note) To change the cable track position to the opposite side, install the actuator by rotating it 180 degrees horizontally because the actuator is bilaterally symmetrical.
Model Encoder type
I: Incremental
Applicable drive output (per slider)
200
Stroke Specified in
100-mm steps (mm)
130~1430
Speed (Note 1) (mm/sec)
Payload (Note 2)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Maximum thrust (N)
2500 5 − 90
Maximum acceleration (G) (Note 2)
3
Rated thrust (N)
30
* In the above model names, ① indicates the stroke, ② indicates the cable length, and ③ indicates the options.
Options
Name
CT5
US1/US5
UM1/UM5
→P14
→P14
→P14
Sideway specification
Model Reference page Remarks
LSA-H8SM-I-200- ① -T2- ② - ③
Cable track installation direction
Cable track for user wiring, type S
Cable track for user wiring, type M
Standard specification/ sideway specification
Standard specification/ sideway specification
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Guide
Permissible load moment
Overhang load length
Base
Applicable controller
Cable length (Note 3)
Ambient operating temperature
Linear servo motor
±0.005mm
Built-in linear guide
Ma: 8.65N • m Mb: 8.65 • m Mc: 8.65N • m
300 mm or less in Ma direction / 300 mm or less in Mb/Mc directions
Material: Aluminum with white alumite treatment
T2: SCON, SSEL, XSEL-P/Q
N: No Cable S: 3m M: 5m X□□: Specified length
0 to 40°C, 85% RH or below (non-condensing)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Dimensions
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
AAAA-BBBB 38
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
LSA-S8SM
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
Stroke
LABCD
Weight (kg)
130
60653512340
11.7
230
70653614440
12.9
330
80653716540
14.1
430
90653818640
15.3
530
100653920740
16.5
630
1106531022840
17.7
730
1206531124
940
18.9
830
1306531226
1040
20.1
930
1406531328
1140
21.3
1030
1506531430
1240
22.5
1130
1606531532
1340
23.7
1230
1706531634
1440
24.9
1330
1806531736
1540
26.1
1430
1906531838
1640
27.3
MAX:22MAX:22
stst
160
84
1134
10099
61
175
914
8072
160
1010
4848
(34)(34)
L (st+476)
80
5.52.7 1.8
5.8
3.3
23
D 80
50
A
75
(95)
852
8
±0.026580
25 50 2586
HomeME (*1) Home ME (*1)
84
2415
14 19 1914
4049
Cable track for user wiring (type S)
Cable track for user wiring (type M)
Detail view of F
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
PB × 100
C – M5, depth 104 – φ4H7, depth 5
M3 T-slot (F)
4 – M5, depth 10
60(Re
amer
pitch
: ±0.0
2)
2 – φ4H7, depth 8
60(Minimumdistancebetweensliders)
Dimensions – Sideway Specification
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
39 AAAA-BBBB
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eFlat typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
LSA-H8HS
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eFlat typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
StrokeLABCDE
Weight (kg)
504065338
1401806.5
150506534102402307.7
250606535123402808.9
3507065361444033010.1
45080653716
54038011.3
55090653818
64043012.5
6501006539
2074048013.7
7501106531022
84053014.9
8501206531124
94058016.1
9501306531226
104063017.3
10501406531328
114068018.5
11501506531430
124073019.7
12501606531532
134078020.9
13501706531634
144083022.1
14501806531736
154088023.3
15501906531838
164093024.5
8060140
19910
0
16585 80
1914
1524
4940
14 19
23
72
(95)
86100
97
3135 80
E
8
±0.026580
7516 52 16
2525 50
16.5
615 621
75
852 60
ME SE MEHome(34) (34)
L (st+356)
1098 st 160
1098
80 D 80A
50
5.5 2.7
1.8
5.8
3.3
Reference surface
Cable track for user wiring (type S) Cable track for user wiring (type M)
Detail view of F
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
PB × 100C – M5, depth 10
4 – φ4H7, depth 5
Cable 4 – M3, depth 5
4 – M5, depth 10
(Ream
er pit
ch: ±
0.02)
2 – φ4H7, depth 8
M3 T-slot (F)
Small type, 80 mm wideHigh-thrust type, single-slider
LSA H8HS I 200 T2
I: Incremental
specification
N: NoneS: 3mM: 5mX□□:
T2 : SCONSSELXSEL-P/-Q
Refer to the options
table below.
50:50mm
〜
1550:1550mm
200 : 200W
* Refer to P. 13 for details on each item comprising the model name.
Type
■ Model Name
Series Encoder type Applicable drive output
Stroke Applicable controller
Cable length Options
LSA-H8HS
Model Specifications
Model Encoder type
I: Incremental
Applicable drive output (per slider)
200
Stroke Specified in
100-mm steps (mm)
50~1550
Speed (Note 1) (mm/sec)
Payload (Note 2)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Maximum thrust (N)
2500 8 − 180
Maximum acceleration (G) (Note 2)
3
Rated thrust (N)
60
* In the above model names, ① indicates the stroke, ② indicates the cable length, and ③ indicates the options.
Options
Name
CT2~6
US1~6
UM1~6
→P14
→P14
→P14
Model Reference page Remarks
LSA-H8HS-I-200- ① -T2- ② - ③
Cable track installation direction
Cable track for user wiring, type S
Cable track for user wiring, type M
Common Specifications
Installation directions 2 to 6
Installation directions 1 to 6
Installation directions 1 to 6
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Guide
Permissible load moment
Overhang load length
Base
Applicable controller
Cable length (Note 3)
Ambient operating temperature
Linear servo motor
±0.005mm
Built-in linear guide
Ma: 8.65N • m Mb: 8.65 • m Mc: 8.65N • m
300 mm or less in Ma direction / 300 mm or less in Mb/Mc directions
Material: Aluminum with white alumite treatment
T2: SCON, SSEL, XSEL-P/Q
N: No Cable S: 3m M: 5m X□□: Specified length
0 to 40°C, 85% RH or below (non-condensing)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Dimensions
Caution
(Note 1) The maximum speed may not be attained if the stroke is short.
(Note 2) The maximum acceleration varies depending on the operating
conditions.
(Note 3) The maximum cable length is 20 m for the SCON/SSEL and 30 m
for the XSEL. Specify a desired length in units of meters.
(Example: X08 = 8 m)
適応コントローラ仕様Applicable Controller Specifications Applicable controller
Maximum controlled
axesOperating method
Power-supply voltage
Reference page
XSEL
SSEL
SCON
6 axes
2 axes
1 axis
Program
Program/positioner
Pulse train/positioner
Single-phase/ three-phase AC 200 V
Single-phase AC100/200VSingle-phase AC100/200V
→P53
→P52
→P51
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
AAAA-BBBB 40
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
LSA-H8HS
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
StrokeLABCD
504065338
140
7.0
15050653410240
8.2
25060653512340
9.4
35070653614440
10.6
45080653716540
11.8
55090653818640
13.0
6501006
53920740
14.2
7501106
531022
840
15.4
8501206
531124
940
16.6
9501306
531226
1040
17.8
10501406
531328
1140
19.0
11501506
531430
1240
20.2
12501606
531532
1340
21.4
13501706
531634
1440
22.6
14501806
531736
1540
23.8
15501906
531838
1640
25.0
88
ME SE Home ME (*1)
1134
10099
61
175
914
8072
L (st+356)
(34) (34)
9898
10 10
st 160
80
5.52.7 1.8
5.8
3.3
23
D 80
50
A
75
(95)
M3 T-slot (F)
852
8
±0.026580
25 50 2586
84
2415
14 19 19144049
PB × 100
Cable
C – M5, depth 104 – φ4H7, depth 5
Cable track for user wiring (type S)
Cable track for user wiring (type M)
Detail view of F
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
60(Re
amer
pitch
: ±0.0
2)
4 – M5, depth 102 – φ4H7, depth 8
11 34
10099
61
175
914
80 72
160 st
10 10
9898
(34) (34)
L (st+356)
80
23
D 80
50
A
75
(95)
852
8
±0.026580
25 50 2586
Home MESEME (*1)
84
5.52.7 1.8
5.8
3.3
2415
14 19 1914
4049
Cable track for user wiring (type S)
Cable track for user wiring (type M)
Detail view of F
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
M3 T-slot (F)
4 – M5, depth 10
60(Re
amer
pitch
: ±0.0
2)
2 – φ4H7, depth 8
Cable
PB × 100
C – M5, depth 10
4 – φ4H7, depth 5
LABCD
Weight(kg)
504065338
1407.0
150506534102408.2
250606535123409.4
3507065361444010.6
4508065371654011.8
5509065381864013.0
6501006
5392074014.2
7501106
531022
84015.4
8501206
531124
94016.6
9501306
531226
104017.8
10501406
531328
114019.0
11501506
531430
124020.2
12501606
531532
134021.4
13501706
531634
144022.6
14501806
531736
154023.8
15501906
531838
164025.0
Dimensions – Sideway Specification (Standard)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Dimensions – Sideway Specification (Cable Track, Opposite)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Weight(kg)
Stroke
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
41 AAAA-BBBB
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eFlat typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
LSA-H8HM
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eFlat typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
StrokeLABCDE
130806537
16540180
13.8
23090653818640230
15.0
330100653920740280
16.2
4301106531022840330
17.4
5301206531124
940380
18.6
6301306531226
1040430
19.8
7301406531328
1140480
21.0
8301506531430
1240530
22.2
9301606531532
1340580
23.4
10301706531634
1440630
24.6
11301806531736
1540680
25.8
12301906531838
1640730
27.0
MEME
st10
98160st
80 D 80
50
A
Home
75
(34)(34)
L (st+676)
1098 160
615 6
852
8
±0.026580
7516 52 16
2525 50
21 16
.560
E E
PB × 100
160 (Minimum distance between sliders)
4 – M3, depth 5
4 – M5, depth 102 – φ4H7, depth 8
(Ream
er pit
ch: ±
0.02)
Home
C – M5, depth 10
4 – φ4H7, depth 5
23
72
(95)
86100
97
3135 80
5.5 2.7
1.8
5.8
3.3
M3 T-slot (F)
Reference surface
8060140
19910
0
16585 80
1914
1524
4940
14 19
Cable track for user wiring (type S) Cable track for user wiring (type M)
Detail view of F
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
Small type, 80 mm wideHigh-thrust type, multi-slider
LSA H8HM I 200 T2
I: Incremental
specification
N: NoneS: 3mM: 5mX□□:
T2 : SCONSSELXSEL-P/-Q
Refer to the options
table below.
130:130mm
〜
1230:1230mm
200 : 200W
* Refer to P. 13 for details on each item comprising the model name.
Type
■ Model Name
Series Encoder type Applicable drive output
Stroke Applicable controller
Cable length Options
LSA-H8HM
Model Specifications
Common Specifications
Note) To change the cable track position to the opposite side, install the actuator by rotating it 180 degrees horizontally because the actuator is bilaterally symmetrical.
Model Encoder type
I: Incremental
Applicable drive output (per slider)
200
Stroke Specified in
100-mm steps (mm)
130~1230
Speed (Note 1) (mm/sec)
Payload (Note 2)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Maximum thrust (N)
2500 8 − 180
Maximum acceleration (G) (Note 2)
3
Rated thrust (N)
60
* In the above model names, ① indicates the stroke, ② indicates the cable length, and ③ indicates the options.
Options
Name
CT5
US1/US5
UM1/UM5
→P14
→P14
→P14
Sideway specification
Model Reference page Remarks
LSA-H8HM-I-200- ① -T2- ② - ③
Cable track installation direction
Cable track for user wiring, type S
Cable track for user wiring, type M
Standard specification/ sideway specification
Standard specification/ sideway specification
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Guide
Permissible load moment
Overhang load length
Base
Applicable controller
Cable length (Note 3)
Ambient operating temperature
Linear servo motor
±0.005mm
Built-in linear guide
Ma: 8.65N • m Mb: 8.65• m Mc: 8.65N • m
300 mm or less in Ma direction / 300 mm or less in Mb/Mc directions
Material: Aluminum with white alumite treatment
T2: SCON, SSEL, XSEL-P/Q
N: No Cable S: 3m M: 5m X□□: Specified length
0 to 40°C, 85% RH or below (non-condensing)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Dimensions
Caution
(Note 1) The maximum speed may not be attained if the stroke is short.
(Note 2) The maximum acceleration varies depending on the operating
conditions.
(Note 3) The maximum cable length is 20 m for the SCON/SSEL and 30 m
for the XSEL. Specify a desired length in units of meters.
(Example: X08 = 8 m)
適応コントローラ仕様Applicable Controller Specifications Applicable controller
Maximum controlled
axesOperating method
Power-supply voltage
Reference page
XSEL
SSEL
SCON
6 axes
2 axes
1 axis
Program
Program/positioner
Pulse train/positioner
Single-phase/ three-phase AC 200 V
Single-phase AC100/200VSingle-phase AC100/200V
→P53
→P52
→P51
Weight(kg)
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
AAAA-BBBB 42
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
LSA-H8HM
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
Stroke
LABCD
Weight (kg)
130
80653716540
14.8
230
90653818640
16.0
330
100653920740
17.2
430
1106531022840
18.4
530
1206531124940
19.6
630
1306531226
1040
20.8
730
1406531328
1140
22.0
830
1506531430
1240
23.2
930
1606531532
1340
24.4
1030
1706531634
1440
25.6
1130
1806531736
1540
26.8
1230
1906531838
1640
28.0
stst
160
84
1134
10099
61
175
914
8072
160
1010
9898
(34)(34)
L (st+676)
80
2.75.5
1.8
5.8
3.3
23
M3 T-slot (F)
D 80
50
P A
75
(95)
852
8
±0.026580
25 50 2586
ME (*1) Home ME (*1)
84
2415
14 19 1914
4049
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type S)
Cable track for user wiring Dimensions of section (type M)
160(Minimum distance
between sliders)
60(Re
amer
pitch
: ±0.0
2)
Home
4 – M5, depth 102 – φ4H7, depth 8
Cable track for user wiring (type S)
Cable track for user wiring (type M)
Detail view of F
C – M5, depth 10
4 – φ4H7, depth 5
Bx100
Dimensions – Wall-mounted Specification
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
43 AAAA-BBBB
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eFlat typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
LSA-L15SS
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e Flat typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
Options
Name
Cable track installation direction
CT2
CT3
CT4
→P14
→P14
→P14
Installation directions 2
Installation directions 3
Installation directions 4
Model Reference page Remarks
Cable
Cutout for T-nut insertion
Cutout for T-nut insertion
115
M5
93
179.8
17
C3C375
20.210.2
7.3
4.5 2
4.3
18.5
14331
85(*
1)
45
32 145
44.5
A59.5 80 80 59.5
145
115
B
175
L (st+240)
1532.5 st 175
1532.5
88
145
(max50)
8 – M5, depth 5, Helisert 22.522.52020 4545
ME SE
45
ME (*1)
105
(*1)The cable track may expand, in which case the above dimensions may be exceeded slightly.
Material: S10C or equivalent Surface treatment: Bright chromate conversion coating/plating Weight: Approx. 14 g/pcSupplied quantity: Refer to line C in the table below.
(Supplied T-nut)
Detail view of base mount
Reference surface
Detail view of D
M4 T-slot (D)
2 – φ4H7, depth 6
4 – φ4H7, depth 6
Home
Flat type, 145 mm wideStandard type, single-slider
StrokeLABC
Weight(kg)
150390111
179.58
6.5
250490211
229.510
7.9
350590311
279.512
9.3
450690411
329.514
10.6
550790511
379.516
12.0
650890611
429.518
13.4
750990711
479.520
14.8
8501090811
529.522
16.2
9501190911
579.524
17.5
105012901011629.5
26
18.9
115013901111679.5
28
20.3
125014901211729.5
30
21.7
135015901311779.5
32
23.1
145016901411829.5
34
24.4
155017901511879.5
36
25.8
165018901611929.5
38
27.2
LSA L15SS I 200 T2
I: Incremental
specification
N: NoneS: 3mM: 5mX□□:
T2 : SCONSSELXSEL-P/-Q
150:150mm
〜
1650:1650mm
200 : 200W
* Refer to P. 13 for details on each item comprising the model name.
Type
■ Model Name
Series Encoder type Applicable drive output
Stroke Applicable controller
Cable length Options
LSA-L15SSCT2: Cable track
installation 2
CT3: Cable track
installation
Model Specifications
Model Encoder type
I: Incremental
Applicable drive output (per slider)
200
Stroke Specified in
100-mm steps (mm)
150~1650
Speed (Note 1) (mm/sec)
Payload (Note 2)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Maximum thrust (N)
2500 5 − 90
Maximum acceleration (G) (Note 2)
3
Rated thrust (N)
30LSA-L15SS-I-200- ① -T2- ② - ③
Common Specifications
* In the above model names, ① indicates the stroke, ② indicates the cable length, and ③ indicates the options.
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Guide
Permissible load moment
Overhang load length
Base
Applicable controller
Cable length (Note 3)
Ambient operating temperature
Linear servo motor
±0.005mm
Built-in linear guide
Ma: 24.2N • m Mb: 24.2 • m Mc: 24.2N • m
525 mm or less in Ma direction / 525 mm or less in Mb/Mc directions
Material: Aluminum with white alumite treatment
T2: SCON, SSEL, XSEL-P/Q
N: No Cable S: 3m M: 5m X□□: Specified length
0 to 40°C, 85% RH or below (non-condensing)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Dimensions
Caution
(Note 1) The maximum speed may not be attained if the stroke is short.
(Note 2) The maximum acceleration varies depending on the operating
conditions.
(Note 3) The maximum cable length is 20 m for the SCON/SSEL and 30 m
for the XSEL. Specify a desired length in units of meters.
(Example: X08 = 8 m)
適応コントローラ仕様Applicable Controller Specifications Applicable controller
Maximum controlled
axesOperating method
Power-supply voltage
Reference page
XSEL
SSEL
SCON
6 axes
2 axes
1 axis
Program
Program/positioner
Pulse train/positioner
Single-phase/ three-phase AC 200 V
Single-phase AC100/200VSingle-phase AC100/200V
→P53
→P52
→P51
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
AAAA-BBBB 44
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
LSA-L15SM
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
st175st
(max:35)B(131)(max:35) B
Cutout for T-nut insertion
Cutout for T-nut insertion
115
M5
93
179.8
17
C3C375
20.210.2
7.3
4.5 2
4.3
18.5
M4 T-slot (D)
14331
85 (*
1)
45
32 145
44.5
A59.5 80 80 59.5
145
115
175
L (st+440)
1532.5
1751532.5
88
145
22.522.52020 4545
ME (*1)
45
ME (*1)
105
Detail view of base mount(5:1)
Home 25 (Minimum distance between sliders)
Home
(Ream
er pit
ch: ±
0.02)
CableCable
8 – M5, depth 5, Helisert
2 – φ4H7, depth 6
4 – φ4H7, depth 6
Detail view of D
(*1)The cable track may expand, in which case the above dimensions may be exceeded slightly.
Material: S10C or equivalent Surface treatment: Bright chromate conversion coating/plating Weight: Approx. 14 g/pcSupplied quantity: Refer to line C in the table below.
(Supplied T-nut)
Flat type, 145 mm wideStandard type, multi-slider
LABC
Weight(kg)
Stroke 50490211
179.510
10.0
150590311
229.512
11.4
250690411
279.514
12.8
350790511
329.516
14.2
450 550890611
379.518
15.6
650990711
429.520
17.0
7501090811
479.522
18.4
8501190911
529.524
19.8
95012901011579.5
26
21.2
105013901111629.5
28
22.6
115014901211679.5
30
24.0
125015901311729.5
32
25.4
135016901411779.5
34
26.8
145017901511829.5
36
28.3
18901611879.5
38
29.7
Options
Name Model
No options are available.
Reference page Remarks
The photograph shows a single-slider model.
LSA L15SM I 200 T2
I: Incremental
specification
N: NoneS: 3mM: 5mX□□:
T2 : SCONSSELXSEL-P/-Q
50:50mm
〜
1450:1450mm
200 : 200W
* Refer to P. 13 for details on each item comprising the model name.
Type
■ Model Name
Series Encoder type Applicable drive output
Stroke Applicable controller
Cable length Options
LSA-L15SM
Model Specifications
Model Encoder type
I: Incremental
Applicable drive output (per slider)
200
Stroke Specified in
100-mm steps (mm)
50~1450
Speed (Note 1) (mm/sec)
Payload (Note 2)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Maximum thrust (N)
2500 5 − 90
Maximum acceleration (G) (Note 2)
3
Rated thrust (N)
30LSA-L15SM-I-200- ① -T2- ② - ③
Common Specifications
* In the above model names, ① indicates the stroke, ② indicates the cable length, and ③ indicates the options.
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Guide
Permissible load moment
Overhang load length
Base
Applicable controller
Cable length (Note 3)
Ambient operating temperature
Linear servo motor
±0.005mm
Built-in linear guide
Ma: 24.2N • m Mb: 24.2 • m Mc: 24.2N • m
525 mm or less in Ma direction / 525 mm or less in Mb/Mc directions
Material: Aluminum with white alumite treatment
T2: SCON, SSEL, XSEL-P/Q
N: No Cable S: 3m M: 5m X□□: Specified length
0 to 40°C, 85% RH or below (non-condensing)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Dimensions
Caution
(Note 1) The maximum speed may not be attained if the stroke is short.
(Note 2) The maximum acceleration varies depending on the operating
conditions.
(Note 3) The maximum cable length is 20 m for the SCON/SSEL and 30 m
for the XSEL. Specify a desired length in units of meters.
(Example: X08 = 8 m)
適応コントローラ仕様Applicable Controller Specifications Applicable controller
Maximum controlled
axesOperating method
Power-supply voltage
Reference page
XSEL
SSEL
SCON
6 axes
2 axes
1 axis
Program
Program/positioner
Pulse train/positioner
Single-phase/ three-phase AC 200 V
Single-phase AC100/200VSingle-phase AC100/200V
→P53
→P52
→P51
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
45 AAAA-BBBB
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eFlat typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
LSA-N19SS
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e Flat typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
StrokeLABCDEF
Weight(kg)
1445541345344
42925017.8
2886981
1786784
57332520.6
4328421
3228224
71740023.5
5769862669666
86147526.3
7201130
22101110
6100555029.2
8641274
2354
12546
114962532.0
10081418
398
13988
129370034.8
11521562
3242
15428
143777537.7
12961706
3386
16868
158185040.5
14401850
4130
183010
172592543.4
15841994
4274
197410
1869100046.2
17282138
518
211812
2013107549.1
18722282
5162
226212
2157115051.9
20162426
5306
240612
2301122554.8
21602570
650
255014
2445130057.6
23042714
6194
269414
2589137560.4
24482858
6338283814
2733145063.3
25923002
782
298216
2877152566.1
ME SE Home ME (*1)
193
120
45 10
E 50
10 10C
50B50
F
L (st+410)
1075 st 75
10260
Slot, depth 5
8H7
22532 193
18512110896
9997
493
2
72.1
260170
2525 1204040 90
85 85
1
+0.
015
0
D – M8, depth 20 PA × 200 PA × 200
D – M8, depth 20
φ8H7, reamed depth 5
108
(Rea
mer
pitc
h: ±
0.02
)
Cable
2 – φ8H7, reamed depth 10
8 – M8, depth 20
Medium type, 193 ,mm wideStandard type, single-slider
LSA N19SS I 300 T2
I: Incremental
specification
N: NoneS: 3mM: 5mX□□:
T2 : SCONSSELXSEL-P/-Q
Refer to the options
table below.
144:144mm
〜
2592:2592mm
300 : 300W
* Refer to P. 13 for details on each item comprising the model name.
Type
■ Model Name
Series Encoder type Applicable drive output
Stroke Applicable controller
Cable length Options
LSA-N19SS
Options
Name
Cable track installation direction
CT2
CT3
CT4
→P14
→P14
→P14
Installation directions 2
Installation directions 3
Installation directions 4
Model Reference page Remarks
Model Specifications
Model Encoder type
I: Incremental
Applicable drive output (per slider)
300
Stroke Specified in
144-mm steps (mm)
144~2592
Speed (Note 1) (mm/sec)
Payload (Note 2)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Maximum thrust (N)
2500 30 − Refer to P. 10
Maximum acceleration (G) (Note 2)
3
Rated thrust (N)
100LSA-N19SS-I-300- ① -T2- ② - ③
Common Specifications
* In the above model names, ① indicates the stroke, ② indicates the cable length, and ③ indicates the options.
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Guide
Permissible load moment
Overhang load length
Base
Applicable controller
Cable length (Note 3)
Ambient operating temperature
Linear servo motor
±0.005mm
Built-in linear guide
Ma: 61.94N • m Mb: 61.94 • m Mc: 61.94N • m
700 mm or less in Ma direction / 700 mm or less in Mb/Mc directions
Material: Aluminum with black alumite treatment
T2: SCON, SSEL, XSEL-P/Q
N: No Cable S: 3m M: 5m X□□: Specified length
0 to 40°C, 85% RH or below (non-condensing)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Dimensions
Caution
(Note 1) The maximum speed may not be attained if the stroke is short.
(Note 2) The maximum acceleration varies depending on the operating
conditions.
(Note 3) The maximum cable length is 20 m for the SCON/SSEL and 30 m
for the XSEL. Specify a desired length in units of meters.
(Example: X08 = 8 m)
適応コントローラ仕様Applicable Controller Specifications Applicable controller
Maximum controlled
axesOperating method
Power-supply voltage
Reference page
XSEL
SSEL
SCON
6 axes
2 axes
1 axis
Program
Program/positioner
Pulse train/positioner
Single-phase/ three-phase AC 200 V
Single-phase AC100/200VSingle-phase AC100/200V
→P53
→P52
→P51
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
AAAA-BBBB 46
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
LSA-N19SM
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
Flat type st
st260
ME (*1) Home
Home ME (*1)
193
120
45 F F10
E 50
10 10C
50B50
L (st+770)
1075
75
10
260
Slot, depth 5
8H7
22532 193
18512110896
9997
493
2
72.1
260170
2525 1204040 90
85 85
1
+0.
015
0
D – M8, depth 20 PA × 200 PA × 200
100 (Minimum distance between sliders)
8 – M8, depth 202 – φ8H7, reamed depth 10
108
(Ream
er pit
ch: ±
0.02)
D – M8, depth 20
φ8H7, reamed depth 5
Medium type, 193 mm wideStandard type, multi-slider
LABCDEF
Stroke 72842
1322822
4717200
28.7
216986
266966
6861275
31.5
11302
2101110
61005350
34.4
12742
3541254
61149425
37.2
1418398
13988
1293500
40.1
15623
2421542
81437575
42.9
17063
3861686
81581650
45.8
18504
1301830
101725725
48.6
19944
2741974
101869800
51.5
21385
182118
122013875
54.3
22825
1622262
122157950
57.2
24265
3062406
1223011025
60.0
360 504 648 792 936 1080 1224 1368 1512 1656 18002570
650
255014
24451100
62.8
19442714
61942694
1425891175
65.7
20882858
6338
283814
27331250
68.5
22323002
782
298216
28771325
71.4
The photograph shows a
single-slider model.
LSA N19SM I 300 T2
I: Incremental
specification
N: NoneS: 3mM: 5mX□□:
T2 : SCONSSELXSEL-P/-Q
72:72mm
〜
2232:2232mm
300 : 300W
* Refer to P. 13 for details on each item comprising the model name.
Type
■ Model Name
Series Encoder type Applicable drive output
Stroke Applicable controller
Cable length Options
LSA-N19SM
Options
Name Model
No options are available.
Reference page Remarks
Model Specifications
Model Encoder type
I: Incremental
Applicable drive output (per slider)
300
Stroke Specified in
144-mm steps (mm)
72~2232
Speed (Note 1) (mm/sec)
Payload (Note 2)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Maximum thrust (N)
2500 30 − Refer to P. 10
Maximum acceleration (G) (Note 2)
3
Rated thrust (N)
100LSA-N19SM-I-300- ① -T2- ② - ③
Common Specifications
* In the above model names, ① indicates the stroke, ② indicates the cable length, and ③ indicates the options.
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Guide
Permissible load moment
Overhang load length
Base
Applicable controller
Cable length (Note 3)
Ambient operating temperature
Linear servo motor
±0.005mm
Built-in linear guide
Ma: 61.94N • m Mb: 61.94 • m Mc: 61.94N • m
700 mm or less in Ma direction / 700 mm or less in Mb/Mc directions
Material: Aluminum with black alumite treatment
T2: SCON, SSEL, XSEL-P/Q
N: No Cable S: 3m M: 5m X□□: Specified length
0 to 40°C, 85% RH or below (non-condensing)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Dimensions
Caution
(Note 1) The maximum speed may not be attained if the stroke is short.
(Note 2) The maximum acceleration varies depending on the operating
conditions.
(Note 3) The maximum cable length is 20 m for the SCON/SSEL and 30 m
for the XSEL. Specify a desired length in units of meters.
(Example: X08 = 8 m)
適応コントローラ仕様Applicable Controller Specifications Applicable controller
Maximum controlled
axesOperating method
Power-supply voltage
Reference page
XSEL
SSEL
SCON
6 axes
2 axes
1 axis
Program
Program/positioner
Pulse train/positioner
Single-phase/ three-phase AC 200 V
Single-phase AC100/200VSingle-phase AC100/200V
→P53
→P52
→P51
Weight(kg)
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
47 AAAA-BBBB
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eFlat typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
LSA-W21SS
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e Flat typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
Options
Name
Cable track installation direction
Home limit switch
CT2
CT3
CT4
L
→P14
→P14
→P14
−
Installation directions 2
Installation directions 3
Installation directions 4
Standard feature
Model Reference page Remarks
StrokeLABCDEFGH
10501410205512105614
120076046.0
1185154572.5
716
172.5614
120083050.0
1320168014071640818
160090054.0
14551815207.5
716
107.5818
160097058.0
1590195075920175818
1600104062.0
17252085142.5
920
42.51022
2000112066.0
186022202109201101022
2000116070.0
1995235577.51124
177.51022
2000124074.0
213024901451124451226
2400131078.0
22652625212.5
1124
112.51226
2400138082.0
24002760801328
1801226
2400145086.0
25352895147.5
1328
47.51430
2800150090.0
267030302151328
1151430
2800157094.0
2805316582.51532
182.51430
2800164098.0
294033001501532501634
32001720102.0
30753435217.5
1532
117.51634
32001790106.0
32103570851736
1851634
32001840110.0
33453705152.5
1736
52.51838
36001910114.0
348038402201736
1201838
36001980118.0
3615397587.51940
187.51838
36002050122.0
375041101551940552042
40002120126.0
38854245222.5
1940
122.52042
40002200130.0
402043809021441902042
40002240134.0
41554515157.5
2144
57.52246
44002320138.0
4.51.5
7.3
4.3
13
φ9
160
GD
Detail view of I
Detail view of K
Section J-J
H
C – �φ9, depth 13(Refer to section J-J)
135
554655
±0.0280120
175.
5
2011
520
196
A
173
(*1)
81210
78100
20
K20817
L (st+360)
SE
ME
Home
ME
(25.5)7
37 st 286 377
(25.5)
(*1)The cable track may expand, in which case the above dimensionsmay be exceeded slightly.
PG/LSM
J
J
10
R4 0+0.
015
8
Slot, depth 5 (I)
PE × 200
PB × 200
φ8H7, depth 5 F – M8, depth 20(R
eam
er p
itch:
±0.
02)
4 – M8, depth 20 2 – φ6H7, depth 10
Large type, 210 mm wideStandard type, single-slider
Take note that the home direction cannot be changed on the W21SS after delivery. Caution
* With the large type, the home limit switch (L) is a standard feature.
LSA W21SS I 400 T2
I: Incremental
specification
N: NoneS: 3mM: 5mX□□:
T2 : SCONSSELXSEL-P/-Q
1050:1050mm
〜
4155:4155mm
400 : 400W
* Refer to P. 13 for details on each item comprising the model name.
Type
■ Model Name
Series Encoder type Applicable drive output
Stroke Applicable controller
Cable length Options
CT2: Cable track Refer to the options belowCT3: Cable track Refer to the options belowCT4: Cable track Refer to the options below
LSA-W21SS
Model Specifications
Model Encoder type
I: Incremental
Applicable drive output (per slider)
400
Stroke Specified in
135-mm steps (mm)
1050~4155
Speed (Note 1) (mm/sec)
Payload (Note 2)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Maximum thrust (N)
2500 60 − 600
Maximum acceleration (G) (Note 2)
3
Rated thrust (N)
200LSA-W21SS-I-400- ① -T2- ② - ③ -L* In the above model names, ① indicates the stroke, ② indicates the cable length, and ③ indicates the options.
Common Specifications
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Guide
Permissible load moment
Overhang load length
Base
Applicable controller
Cable length (Note 3)
Ambient operating temperature
Linear servo motor
±0.005mm
Built-in linear guide
Ma: 128.7N • m Mb: 128.7 • m Mc: 128.7N • m
500 mm or less in Ma direction / 500 mm or less in Mb/Mc directions
Material: Aluminum with black alumite treatment
T2: SCON, SSEL, XSEL-P/Q
N: No Cable S: 3m M: 5m X□□: Specified length
0 to 40°C, 85% RH or below (non-condensing)
Caution
(Note 1) The maximum speed may not be attained if the stroke is short.
(Note 2) The maximum acceleration varies depending on the operating
conditions.
(Note 3) The maximum cable length is 20 m for the SCON/SSEL and 30 m
for the XSEL. Specify a desired length in units of meters.
(Example: X08 = 8 m)
適応コントローラ仕様Applicable Controller Specifications Applicable controller
Maximum controlled
axesOperating method
Power-supply voltage
Reference page
XSEL
SSEL
SCON
6 axes
2 axes
1 axis
Program
Program/positioner
Pulse train/positioner
Single-phase/ three-phase AC 200 V
Single-phase AC100/200VSingle-phase AC100/200V
→P53
→P52
→P51
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Dimensions
Weight(kg)
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
AAAA-BBBB 48
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
LSA-W21SM
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
LABCDEFGH
Stroke 7301410205
512105
614
120061057.0
865154572.5
716
172.5614
120068061.0
10001680140
71640818
160076065.0
11351815207.5
716
107.5818
160083069.0
12701950
75920175
818
160090073.0
14052085142.5
920
42.51022
200097077.0
15402220210
9201101022
2000104081.0
1675235577.51124
177.51022
2000112085.0
181024901451124451226
2400116089.0
19452625212.5
1124
112.51226
2400124093.0
20802760
8013281801226
2400131097.0
22152895147.5
1328
47.51430
28001380101.0
2350303021513281151430
28001450105.0
2485316582.51532
182.51430
28001500109.0
262033001501532501634
32001570113.0
27553435217.5
1532
117.51634
32001640117.0
28903570
8517361851634
32001720121.0
30253705152.5
1736
52.51838
36001790125.0
3160384022017361201838
36001840129.0
3295397587.51940
187.51838
36001910133.0
343041101551940552042
40001980137.0
35654245222.5
1940
122.52042
40002050141.0
37004380
9021441902042
40002120145.0
38354515157.5
2144
57.52246
44002200149.0
Options
Slot, depth 5 (I)
160
GD
10
R4 0+0.
015
8
4.51.5
7.3
4.3
13
φ9
17 208K
20100
78
210 81
173
(*1)
HH
stst
286
135
554655120±0.0280
175.
5
2011
520
196
Home
MEL (st+680) ME
Home(25.5)
737
286 377
(25.5)
A
MPG/LS
MPG/LS
Detail view of I
Detail view of K
Section J-J
34 (Minimum distance between sliders)
C – �φ9, depth 13(Refer to section J-J)
J
J
PB × 200
PE × 200
(Rea
mer
pitc
h: ±
0.02
)(*1)The cable track may expand, in which case the above dimensionsmay be exceeded slightly.
4 – M8, depth 20 2 – φ6H7, depth 10
φ8H7, depth 5 F – M8, depth 20
Large type, 210 mm wideStandard type, multi-slider
Name Model
Home limit switch L − Standard feature
Reference page Remarks
The photograph shows a
single-slider model.
* To change the cable track position to the opposite side, install the actuator byrotating it 180 degrees horizontally because the actuator is bilaterally symmetrical.
* With the large type, the home limit switch (L) is a standard feature.
LSA W21SM I 400 T2
I: Incremental
specification
N: NoneS: 3mM: 5mX□□:
T2 : SCONSSELXSEL-P/-Q
730:730mm
〜
3835:3835mm
400 : 400W
* Refer to P. 13 for details on each item comprising the model name.
Type
■ Model Name
Series Encoder type Applicable drive output
Stroke Applicable controller
Cable length Options
LSA-W21SML: Home limit switch (standard)
Model Specifications
Model Encoder type
I: Incremental
Applicable drive output (per slider)
400
Stroke Specified in
135-mm steps (mm)
730~3835
Speed (Note 1) (mm/sec)
Payload (Note 2)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Maximum thrust (N)
2500 60 − 600
Maximum acceleration (G) (Note 2)
3
Rated thrust (N)
200LSA-W21SM-I-400- ① -T2- ② -L* In the above model names, ① indicates the stroke, ② indicates the cable length, and ③ indicates the options.
Common Specifications
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Guide
Permissible load moment
Overhang load length
Base
Applicable controller
Cable length (Note 3)
Ambient operating temperature
Linear servo motor
±0.005mm
Built-in linear guide
Ma: 128.7N • m Mb: 128.7 • m Mc: 128.7N • m
500 mm or less in Ma direction / 500 mm or less in Mb/Mc directions
Material: Aluminum with black alumite treatment
T2: SCON, SSEL, XSEL-P/Q
N: No Cable S: 3m M: 5m X□□: Specified length
0 to 40°C, 85% RH or below (non-condensing)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Dimensions
Caution
(Note 1) The maximum speed may not be attained if the stroke is short.
(Note 2) The maximum acceleration varies depending on the operating
conditions.
(Note 3) The maximum cable length is 20 m for the SCON/SSEL and 30 m
for the XSEL. Specify a desired length in units of meters.
(Example: X08 = 8 m)
適応コントローラ仕様Applicable Controller Specifications Applicable controller
Maximum controlled
axesOperating method
Power-supply voltage
Reference page
XSEL
SSEL
SCON
6 axes
2 axes
1 axis
Program
Program/positioner
Pulse train/positioner
Single-phase/ three-phase AC 200 V
Single-phase AC100/200VSingle-phase AC100/200V
→P53
→P52
→P51
Weight(kg)
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
49 AAAA-BBBB
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eFlat typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
LSA-W21HS
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e Flat typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
StrokeLABCDEFGH
8951410205512105614
120076050.0
1030154572.5
716
172.56
14120083054.0
1165168014071640818
160090058.0
13001815207.5
716
107.5818
160097062.0
1435195075920
175818
1600104066.0
15702085142.5
920
42.51022
2000112070.0
170522202109
201101022
2000116074.0
1840235577.51124
177.51022
2000124078.0
197524901451124451226
2400131082.0
21102625212.5
1124
112.51226
2400138086.0
22452760801328
1801226
2400145090.0
23802895147.5
1328
47.51430
2800150094.0
251530302151328
1151430
2800157098.0
2650316582.51532
182.51430
28001640102.0
278533001501532501634
32001720106.0
29203435217.5
1532
117.51634
32001790110.0
30553570851736
1851634
32001840114.0
31903705152.5
1736
52.51838
36001910118.0
332538402201736
1201838
36001980122.0
3460397587.51940
187.51838
36002050126.0
359541101551940552042
40002120130.0
37304245222.5
1940
122.52042
40002200134.0
386543809021441902042
40002240138.0
40004515157.5
2144
57.52246
44002320142.0
10
R4
+0.
015
08
4.51.5
7.3
4.3
13
φ9
160
G
D
A
173
(*1)
210208
100
78
K
φ8H7, depth 5 F – M8, depth 20
1720
81
ME
SE
MEL (st+515)40
(25.5)7
st 435 407
(25.5)
H
135
175.
5
2011
520
10246102200120
±0.02160
A
196
MPG/LS
J
J(R
eam
er p
itch:
±0.
02)
8 – M8, depth 20 2 – φ6H7, depth 10
(*1)The cable track may expand, in which case the above dimensionsmay be exceeded slightly.
Detail view of I
Detail view of K
Section J-JSlot, depth 5 (I)
C – �φ9, depth 13(Refer to section J-J)
PE × 200
PB × 200
Home
Large type, 210 mm wideHigh-thrust type, single-slider
LSA W21HS I 1000 T2
I: Incremental
specification
N: NoneS: 3mM: 5mX□□:
T2 :XSEL-P/-Q
895:895mm
〜
4000:4000mm
1000: 1000W
* Refer to P. 13 for details on each item comprising the model name.
Type
■ Model Name
Series Encoder type Applicable drive output
Stroke Applicable controller
Cable length Options
CT2: Cable trackinstallation 2
CT3: Cable trackinstallation 3
LSA-W21HS
Options
Name
Cable track installation direction
Home limit switch
CT2
CT3
CT4
L
→P14
→P14
→P14
−
Installation directions 2
Installation directions 3
Installation directions 4
Standard feature
Model Reference page Remarks
* With the large type, the home limit switch (L) is a standard feature.
Model Specifications
Model Encoder type
I: Incremental
Applicable drive output (per slider)
1000
Stroke Specified in
135-mm steps (mm)
895~4000
Speed (Note 1) (mm/sec)
Payload (Note 2)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Maximum thrust (N)
2500 120 − 1200
Maximum acceleration (G) (Note 2)
3
Rated thrust (N)
400LSA-W21HS-I-1000- ① -T2- ② - ③ -L* In the above model names, ① indicates the stroke, ② indicates the cable length, and ③ indicates the options.
Common Specifications
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Guide
Permissible load moment
Overhang load length
Base
Applicable controller
Cable length (Note 3)
Ambient operating temperature
Linear servo motor
±0.005mm
Built-in linear guide
Ma: 275.2N • m Mb: 275.2 • m Mc: 275.2N • m
750 mm or less in Ma direction / 750 mm or less in Mb/Mc directions
Material: Aluminum with black alumite treatment
T2: XSEL-P/Q
N: No Cable S: 3m M: 5m X : Specified length
0 to 40°C, 85% RH or below (non-condensing)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Dimensions
Caution
(Note 1) The maximum speed may not be attained if the stroke is short.
(Note 2) The maximum acceleration varies depending on the operating
conditions.
(Note 3) The maximum cable length is 30 m. Specify a desired length in
units of meters.
(Example: X08 = 8 m)
適応コントローラ仕様Applicable Controller Specifications
Applicable controller
Maximum controlled
axesOperating method
Power-supply voltage
Reference page
XSEL 6 axes ProgramSingle-phase/
three-phase AC 200 V →P53
Weight(kg)
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
AAAA-BBBB 50
Linear Servo Actuator
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
eM
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
LSA-W21HM
Shaft typ
e S
mall typ
e M
edium
type
Large type
Flat type
StrokeLABCDEFGH
4201410205
512105
614
120054065.0
555154572.5
716
172.5614
120061069.0
6901680140
71640818
160068073.0
8251815207.5
716
107.5818
160076077.0
9601950
75920175
818
160083081.0
10952085142.5
920
42.51022
200090085.0
12302220210
9201101022
200097089.0
1365235577.51124
177.51022
2000104093.0
150024901451124451226
2400112097.0
16352625212.5
1124
112.51226
24001160101.0
17702760
801328
1801226
24001240105.0
19052895147.5
1328
47.51430
28001310109.0
204030302151328
1151430
28001380113.0
2175316582.51532
182.51430
28001450117.0
231033001501532501634
32001500121.0
24453435217.5
1532
117.51634
32001570125.0
25803570
851736
1851634
32001640129.0
27153705152.5
1736
52.51838
36001720133.0
285038402201736
1201838
36001790137.0
2985397587.51940
187.51838
36001840141.0
312041101551940552042
40001910145.0
32554245222.5
1940
122.52042
40001980149.0
33904380
9021441902042
40002050153.0
35254515157.5
2144
57.52246
44002120157.0
160
GD
A
stst435
H
H
196
135
175.
5
2011
520
10246102200120
±0.02160
A
L (st+990)
40
(25.5)7
435 407
(25.5)
81
2017
78100
208210
173
(*1)
ME
Home
C – �φ9, depth 13(Refer to section J-J)
40 (Minimum distance between sliders)ME
Home10
R4 +0.
015
08
4.51.5
7.3
4.3
13
φ9
Detail view of I
Detail view of K
Section J-JSlot, depth 5 (I)
PB × 200
PE × 200
J
J
(Rea
mer
pitc
h: ±
0.02
)
8 – M8, depth 20 2 – φ6H7, depth 10
K
(*1)The cable track may expand, in which case the above dimensionsmay be exceeded slightly.
φ8H7, depth 5 F – M8, depth 20
Large type, 210 mm wideHigh-thrust type, multi-slider
The photograph shows a
single-slider model.
LSA W21HM I 1000 T2
I: Incremental
specification
N: NoneS: 3mM: 5mX□□:
T2 : XSEL-P/-Q
420:420mm
〜
3525:3525mm
1000 : 1000W
* Refer to P. 13 for details on each item comprising the model name.
Type
■ Model Name
Series Encoder type Applicable drive output
Stroke Applicable controller
Cable length Options
L: Home limit switch (standard)
LSA-W21HM
Options
Name Model
Home limit switch L − Standard feature
Reference page Remarks
* To change the cable track position to the opposite side, install the actuator byrotating it 180 degrees horizontally because the actuator is bilaterally symmetrical.
* With the large type, the home limit switch (L) is a standard feature.
Model Specifications
Model Encoder type
I: Incremental
Applicable drive output (per slider)
1000
Stroke Specified in
135-mm steps (mm)
420~3525
Speed (Note 1) (mm/sec)
Payload (Note 2)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Maximum thrust (N)
2500 120 − 1200
Maximum acceleration (G) (Note 2)
3
Rated thrust (N)
400LSA-W21SM-I-1000- ① -T2- ② -L* In the above model names, ① indicates the stroke, ② indicates the cable length, and ③ indicates the options.
Common Specifications
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Guide
Permissible load moment
Overhang load length
Base
Applicable controller
Cable length (Note 3)
Ambient operating temperature
Linear servo motor
±0.005mm
Built-in linear guide
Ma: 275.2N • m Mb: 275.2 • m Mc: 275.2N • m
750 mm or less in Ma direction / 750 mm or less in Mb/Mc directions
Material: Aluminum with black alumite treatment
T2: XSEL-P/Q
N: No Cable S: 3m M: 5m X□□: Specified length
0 to 40°C, 85% RH or below (non-condensing)
*1 During home return, the slider willmove to the ME. Accordingly, pay attention to possible contact between the slider and surrounding structures, etc.ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end
Dimensions
Applicable Controller Specifications (Note 1) The maximum speed may not be attained if the stroke is short.
(Note 2) The maximum acceleration varies depending on the operating
conditions.
(Note 3) The maximum cable length is 30 m. Specify a desired length in
units of meters.
(Example: X08 = 8 m)
Caution
Applicable controller
Maximum controlled
axesOperating method
Power-supply voltage
Reference page
XSEL 6 axes ProgramSingle-phase/
three-phase AC 200 V →P53
Weight(kg)
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
In addition to linear servo actuators, the SCON also lets you operate single-axis robots and ROBO Cylinders (RCS2 series) of varying output levels from 20 to 750 W with ease. Operation is very simple - all you need is to store various stopping positions in the controller, and then specify each desired position using an I/O signal from a host PLC. Up to 512 points can be stored for stopping positions.
Easy Operation of Linear Servo Actuators, Single-axis Robots and ROBO Cylinders (RCS2)
In addition to the positioner function where the actuator is operated according to specified positions, the SCON also lets you freely control the stopping position, speed and acceleration using pulses from the host positioning unit. This feature is ideal in applications where the target position changes every time or if you want to change the speed and acceleration freely.
At-will Operation Using Pulse-train Control
You can select six different functions including the solenoid mode where 3-point or 7-point positioning can be performed using control actions similar to when solenoid signals are used to move an air cylinder, and the teaching mode where the actuator can be jogged to a desired position for registration of the position where the actuator has stopped.
Select from 6 Functions via I/O Pattern Switching
● 1-axis position controller that lets you operate linear servoactuators, single-axis robots and ROBO Cylinders with ease
● Pulse-train control is also supported
Controller
If you select an optional network specification, the SCON can be connected directly to DeviceNet, CC-Link and ProfiBus (*1). In addition to connecting directly to a field network, you can also connect your SCON to a field network via a gateway unit. This way, the SCON can receive stopping position data via the network or send the current position data to a PLC.(*1) If the SCON is connected to a field network directly, its functions will be limited to the remote I/O level.
Direct Connection to DeviceNet, CC-Link and ProfiBus
N E W
51 52
In addition to linear servo actuators, the SSEL also lets you operate single-axis robots and ROBO Cylinders (RCS2 series) of varying output levels from 20 to 750 W. Since up to two axes can be controlled simultaneously, you can combine a large linear actuator with a single-axis robot, etc., to configure a system that transfers a load, performs coating or carries out other operations over a wide range.
Supporting Single-axis Robots and ROBO Cylinders (RCS2 Series) in Addition to Linear Servo Actuators
You can select the “Program Mode” where the actuator can be operated with the SSEL controller alone without using a PLC or other host device, or the “Positioner Mode” where the actuator is operated by issuing I/O signals from a PLC to specify desired position numbers pre-input to the SSEL. Use the program mode if your application involves coating, path operation or other interpolation operation, or when the SSEL must exchange I/O data frequently with an external device. For simple positioning operations, use the positioner mode.
Program Mode (High Function) and Positioner Mode (Easy Operation)
Operations of two actuator axes can be interpolated, which is ideal for coating and sealing operations, among others. The SSEL also offers excellent locus accuracy and uniformity of speed comparable to the XSEL, a higher version of the SSEL. As for synchronized operation, two axes can be controlled simultaneously without delay, even when the synchronized axes are high-speed actuators such as linear servo actuators.
Interpolation and Synchronized Operation of 2 Axes
● Very affordable 2-axis controller capable of operating in the program mode or positioner mode
● Easy way to operate linear servo actuators
USB has become a standard interface between PCs and various peripherals. The SSEL also comes standard with a USB port. Accordingly, you can use a standard USB cable to connect your SSEL to a PC, even when the PC has no RS232C terminal, to perform data communication.
Standard USB Port
A new function has been added to prevent two sliders from colliding with each other when operated independently in the multi-slider operation mode. This function is effective not only during automatic operation, but also while the actuators are manually jogged. With the collision prevention function, you can be assured of safety at all time.
Multi-slider Collision Prevention Function
■ Positioner mode ■ Program mode
External device(sequencer, etc.)
Externaldevice
Command to moveto the target position
Movement complete
Moving to thetarget position
1
3
2
All actions are preprogrammed
Variable calculation
Jogging
BCD input/output
Incremental movement
Position movement
Multi-tasking of 8 programs
External device control
Command pulses
Feedback pulses
Positioningmode
256-pointmode
512-pointmode
Solenoidmode 1
Solenoidmode 2
Teachingmode
II A
The sliders will stop if they become closer to each other than the specified distance.
Field network
Gatewayunit
N E W
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
In addition to linear servo actuators, the SCON also lets you operate single-axis robots and ROBO Cylinders (RCS2 series) of varying output levels from 20 to 750 W with ease. Operation is very simple - all you need is to store various stopping positions in the controller, and then specify each desired position using an I/O signal from a host PLC. Up to 512 points can be stored for stopping positions.
Easy Operation of Linear Servo Actuators, Single-axis Robots and ROBO Cylinders (RCS2)
In addition to the positioner function where the actuator is operated according to specified positions, the SCON also lets you freely control the stopping position, speed and acceleration using pulses from the host positioning unit. This feature is ideal in applications where the target position changes every time or if you want to change the speed and acceleration freely.
At-will Operation Using Pulse-train Control
You can select six different functions including the solenoid mode where 3-point or 7-point positioning can be performed using control actions similar to when solenoid signals are used to move an air cylinder, and the teaching mode where the actuator can be jogged to a desired position for registration of the position where the actuator has stopped.
Select from 6 Functions via I/O Pattern Switching
● 1-axis position controller that lets you operate linear servo actuators, single-axis robots and ROBO Cylinders with ease
● Pulse-train control is also supported
Controller
If you select an optional network specification, the SCON can be connected directly to DeviceNet, CC-Link and ProfiBus (*1). In addition to connecting directly to a field network, you can also connect your SCON to a field network via a gateway unit. This way, the SCON can receive stopping position data via the network or send the current position data to a PLC.(*1) If the SCON is connected to a field network directly, its functions will be limited to the remote I/O level.
Direct Connection to DeviceNet, CC-Link and ProfiBus
N E W
51 52
In addition to linear servo actuators, the SSEL also lets you operate single-axis robots and ROBO Cylinders (RCS2 series) of varying output levels from 20 to 750 W. Since up to two axes can be controlled simultaneously, you can combine a large linear actuator with a single-axis robot, etc., to configure a system that transfers a load, performs coating or carries out other operations over a wide range.
Supporting Single-axis Robots and ROBO Cylinders (RCS2 Series) in Addition to Linear Servo Actuators
You can select the “Program Mode” where the actuator can be operated with the SSEL controller alone without using a PLC or other host device, or the “Positioner Mode” where the actuator is operated by issuing I/O signals from a PLC to specify desired position numbers pre-input to the SSEL. Use the program mode if your application involves coating, path operation or other interpolation operation, or when the SSEL must exchange I/O data frequently with an external device. For simple positioning operations, use the positioner mode.
Program Mode (High Function) and Positioner Mode (Easy Operation)
Operations of two actuator axes can be interpolated, which is ideal for coating and sealing operations, among others. The SSEL also offers excellent locus accuracy and uniformity of speed comparable to the XSEL, a higher version of the SSEL. As for synchronized operation, two axes can be controlled simultaneously without delay, even when the synchronized axes are high-speed actuators such as linear servo actuators.
Interpolation and Synchronized Operation of 2 Axes
● Very affordable 2-axis controller capable ofoperating in the program mode or positioner mode
● Easy way to operate linear servo actuators
USB has become a standard interface between PCs and various peripherals. The SSEL also comes standard with a USB port. Accordingly, you can use a standard USB cable to connect your SSEL to a PC, even when the PC has no RS232C terminal, to perform data communication.
Standard USB Port
A new function has been added to prevent two sliders from colliding with each other when operated independently in the multi-slider operation mode. This function is effective not only during automatic operation, but also while the actuators are manually jogged. With the collision prevention function, you can be assured of safety at all time.
Multi-slider Collision Prevention Function
■ Positioner mode ■ Program mode
External device(sequencer, etc.)
Externaldevice
Command to moveto the target position
Movement complete
Moving to thetarget position
1
3
2
All actions are preprogrammed
Variable calculation
Jogging
BCD input/output
Incremental movement
Position movement
Multi-tasking of 8 programs
External device control
Command pulses
Feedback pulses
Positioningmode
256-pointmode
512-pointmode
Solenoidmode 1
Solenoidmode 2
Teachingmode
II A
The sliders will stop if they become closer to each other than the specified distance.
Field network
Gatewayunit
N E W
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
53 54
Up to six axes of linear servo actuators, single-axis robots and ROBO Cylinders (RCS series) can be operated. For example, you can operate with one XSEL controller a combination of two synchronized linear servo actuators for the X-axis, single-axis robot for the Y-axis and ROBO Cylinder for the Z-axis.
Operating Up to 6 Axes for a Total Power Output of 2,400 W
The XSEL series includes “global models” having no built-in drive-source cutoff circuit so that the controller can be used with an external safety circuit. You can configure a safety circuit to meet safety category 4 under ISO 13849-1.
A Lineup of “Global Models” Supporting Safety Category 4
In addition to standard PIO communication, the XSEL also offers optional specifications that support expansion PIO communication (maximum 192 input points and 192 output points) as well as various field networks (DeviceNet, CC-Link, ProfiBus and Ethernet). The XSEL also comes standard with a 2-channel RS232C communication function and also supports various other communication protocols.
Many Network Options Supporting DeviceNet, CC-Link, ProfiBus and Ethernet
The zone signal is a function that causes a signal to be output when the slider moves into a specified zone that can be set freely within the stroke range. This function is effective if you want to output signals at desired positions during coating or other operation. (Up to four signal zones can be set for each axis.)
Zone Signal
The XSEL conforms to the CE Mark standard as shipped, so you can use within your product bound for overseas countries.
CE Mark Certification
A function has been added to prevent two sliders from colliding with each other.
Multi-slider Collision Prevention Function
● High-function, multi-axis controller capable ofcontrolling up to six axes simultaneously (*1)
● Directly connectable to DeviceNet, CC-Link and otherfield networks*1 If all axes are linear servo actuators, only up to four axes can be connected.
A signal is output when the slider enters the specified zone.
PLC configurator Monitor
T-junction PC
X-SEL RCS-C
RCS
SCON
Single-axis robot
Linear servo actuator
Orthogonal robot
PC configuration software
X-SEL RCS-C
RCS
SCON
MonitorPLC
interface unit
■Controller Specifications
Power-supply capacity
Insulation resistance
Withstand voltage
Connected actuatorsLinear servo actuators (excluding W21HS/W21HM)
Single-axis robots (20 to 750 W)Linear servo actuators (all models)Single-axis robots (20 to 750 W)
3735 VA max.
DC 500 V, 10 MΩ or more
Single-phase AC 200 VThree-phase AC 200 V
2400
Program operation only
9999
16
20000
FLASHROM + SRAM battery backup
6 axes(or up to 4 axes of linear servo actuators)
AC 2500 V, 1 minute AC 1500 V, 1 minute
Redundancy not supported
Cut off by aninternal relay
Contact B input (Internal power feed)
Super SEL language
128
Redundancysupported
External safetycircuit
Contact B input (External powerfeed, redundant)
DC 500 V, 100 MΩ or more
AC 1500 V, 1 minute
Redundancy not supported
Cut off by an internal relay
Contact B input (Internal power feed)
Not supported
844 VA max.
Single-phase AC 100 VSingle-phase AC 200 V
300W (100 V power-supply specification)
750W (200 V power-supply specification)
1 axis
1652 VA max.
Single-phase AC 100 VSingle-phase AC 200 V
±10%
Incremental encoder/absolute encoder
1 mm/sec ~ (The maximum limit varies depending on the actuator.)
0.01G ~ (The maximum limit varies depending on the actuator.)
Teaching pendant or PC software
16 input points/16 output points (NPN/PNP selectable)
24 input points/8 output points (NPN/PNP selectable)
100(W)×202.6(H)×126(D)
(When the absolute battery is installed)
1.4kg
I/O flat cable (34 cores)
58(W)×200.5(H)×121(D) (Less than 400 W)
72(W)×200.5(H)×121(D) (400 W or more)
I/O flat cable (40 cores)
0.8kg 1.1kg
340(W)×195(H)×125.3(D)
(6-axis absolute specification)
5.7kg (6-axis absolute specification)
I/O flat cable (50 cores)
Up to 192 input points/192 output points
Teaching port (RS232C)2-channel RS232C port
DeviceNet, CC-Link, ProfiBus, Ethernet
System I/Os(Emergency stop input,
enable input, ready output)
Teaching port (RS232C)USB connector Teaching port (RS485)
DeviceNet, CC-Link, ProfiBus
Motor overcurrent, motor driver temperature check, overload check, encoder open check, soft limitovertravel, system error, battery error, etc.
0 to 40°C, 10 to 95% (non-condensing)
Free from corrosive gases. Not subject to significant powder dust.
System I/Os(Emergency stop input,
enable input, brake power)
System I/Os(Emergency stop input,
brake power)
Program operation Positioner operation
(Switchable)
Positioner operationPulse-train control
9999
8
20000
−
−
−
−
512 max.
EEPROM
(Will be supported in future versions)
FLASHROM(+ SRAM battery backup option)
Input power supply
Operating power-supplyvoltage range
Enable input
Speed setting
Acceleration setting
Operation method
Maximum number of controlled axesPosition detection method
Safety circuit configuration
Cutoff of drive source
Program language
Number of programs
Number of program steps
Number of multi-tasking programs
Number of positions
Data storage device
Data input method
Standard I/Os
Expansion I/Os
Serial communicationfunction
Other I/Os
Field networks
Protective functions
External dimensions
Weight
Surrounding air temperature/humidity
Surrounding ambient
Total maximum output of connected axes (W)
Controller series/type SCON SSELXSEL
P (standard) type Q (global) type
Single-axis robot
Linear servo actuator
Orthogonal robot
Basic sp
ecification
s C
on
trol sp
ecification
s P
rog
ram
I/O &
com
mu
nicatio
n
Gen
eral specificatio
ns
400W (100 V power-supply specification)
800W (200 V power-supply specification)
2 axes
32 input points/16 output points (NPN/PNP selectable)
Accessory
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
53 54
Up to six axes of linear servo actuators, single-axis robots and ROBO Cylinders (RCS series) can be operated. For example, you can operate with one XSEL controller a combination of two synchronized linear servo actuators for the X-axis, single-axis robot for the Y-axis and ROBO Cylinder for the Z-axis.
Operating Up to 6 Axes for a Total Power Output of 2,400 W
The XSEL series includes “global models” having no built-in drive-source cutoff circuit so that the controller can be used with an external safety circuit. You can configure a safety circuit to meet safety category 4 under ISO 13849-1.
A Lineup of “Global Models” Supporting Safety Category 4
In addition to standard PIO communication, the XSEL also offers optional specifications that support expansion PIO communication (maximum 192 input points and 192 output points) as well as various field networks (DeviceNet, CC-Link, ProfiBus and Ethernet). The XSEL also comes standard with a 2-channel RS232C communication function and also supports various other communication protocols.
Many Network Options Supporting DeviceNet, CC-Link, ProfiBus and Ethernet
The zone signal is a function that causes a signal to be output when the slider moves into a specified zone that can be set freely within the stroke range. This function is effective if you want to output signals at desired positions during coating or other operation. (Up to four signal zones can be set for each axis.)
Zone Signal
The XSEL conforms to the CE Mark standard as shipped, so you can use within your product bound for overseas countries.
CE Mark Certification
A function has been added to prevent two sliders from colliding with each other.
Multi-slider Collision Prevention Function
● High-function, multi-axis controller capable of controlling up to six axes simultaneously (*1)
● Directly connectable to DeviceNet, CC-Link and other field networks *1 If all axes are linear servo actuators, only up to four axes can be connected.
A signal is output when the slider enters the specified zone.
PLC configurator Monitor
T-junction PC
X-SEL RCS-C
RCS
SCON
Single-axis robot
Linear servo actuator
Orthogonal robot
PC configuration software
X-SEL RCS-C
RCS
SCON
MonitorPLC
interface unit
■Controller Specifications
Power-supply capacity
Insulation resistance
Withstand voltage
Connected actuatorsLinear servo actuators (excluding W21HS/W21HM)
Single-axis robots (20 to 750 W)Linear servo actuators (all models)Single-axis robots (20 to 750 W)
3735 VA max.
DC 500 V, 10 MΩ or more
Single-phase AC 200 VThree-phase AC 200 V
2400
Program operation only
9999
16
20000
FLASHROM + SRAM battery backup
6 axes(or up to 4 axes of linear servo actuators)
AC 2500 V, 1 minute AC 1500 V, 1 minute
Redundancy not supported
Cut off by aninternal relay
Contact B input (Internal power feed)
Super SEL language
128
Redundancysupported
External safetycircuit
Contact B input (External powerfeed, redundant)
DC 500 V, 100 MΩ or more
AC 1500 V, 1 minute
Redundancy not supported
Cut off by an internal relay
Contact B input (Internal power feed)
Not supported
844 VA max.
Single-phase AC 100 VSingle-phase AC 200 V
300W (100 V power-supply specification)
750W (200 V power-supply specification)
1 axis
1652 VA max.
Single-phase AC 100 VSingle-phase AC 200 V
±10%
Incremental encoder/absolute encoder
1 mm/sec ~ (The maximum limit varies depending on the actuator.)
0.01G ~ (The maximum limit varies depending on the actuator.)
Teaching pendant or PC software
16 input points/16 output points (NPN/PNP selectable)
24 input points/8 output points (NPN/PNP selectable)
100(W)×202.6(H)×126(D)
(When the absolute battery is installed)
1.4kg
I/O flat cable (34 cores)
58(W)×200.5(H)×121(D) (Less than 400 W)
72(W)×200.5(H)×121(D) (400 W or more)
I/O flat cable (40 cores)
0.8kg 1.1kg
340(W)×195(H)×125.3(D)
(6-axis absolute specification)
5.7kg (6-axis absolute specification)
I/O flat cable (50 cores)
Up to 192 input points/192 output points
Teaching port (RS232C)2-channel RS232C port
DeviceNet, CC-Link, ProfiBus, Ethernet
System I/Os(Emergency stop input,
enable input, ready output)
Teaching port (RS232C)USB connector Teaching port (RS485)
DeviceNet, CC-Link, ProfiBus
Motor overcurrent, motor driver temperature check, overload check, encoder open check, soft limitovertravel, system error, battery error, etc.
0 to 40°C, 10 to 95% (non-condensing)
Free from corrosive gases. Not subject to significant powder dust.
System I/Os(Emergency stop input,
enable input, brake power)
System I/Os(Emergency stop input,
brake power)
Program operation Positioner operation
(Switchable)
Positioner operationPulse-train control
9999
8
20000
−
−
−
−
512 max.
EEPROM
(Will be supported in future versions)
FLASHROM(+ SRAM battery backup option)
Input power supply
Operating power-supplyvoltage range
Enable input
Speed setting
Acceleration setting
Operation method
Maximum number of controlled axesPosition detection method
Safety circuit configuration
Cutoff of drive source
Program language
Number of programs
Number of program steps
Number of multi-tasking programs
Number of positions
Data storage device
Data input method
Standard I/Os
Expansion I/Os
Serial communicationfunction
Other I/Os
Field networks
Protective functions
External dimensions
Weight
Surrounding air temperature/humidity
Surrounding ambient
Total maximum output of connected axes (W)
Controller series/type SCON SSELXSEL
P (standard) type Q (global) type
Single-axis robot
Linear servo actuator
Orthogonal robot
Basic sp
ecification
s C
on
trol sp
ecification
s P
rog
ram
I/O &
com
mu
nicatio
n
Gen
eral specificatio
ns
400W (100 V power-supply specification)
800W (200 V power-supply specification)
2 axes
32 input points/16 output points (NPN/PNP selectable)
Accessory
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
Type Motor type
Motor type Motor type
Encoder type
Encodertype Encoder
type
I/O type Power-supply voltage
Power-supplyvoltage
I/O cable length
I/O cablelength
NP PIO NPN specification(standard)
PN PIO PNP specification
DV DeviceNet specification
CC CC-Link specification
PR ProfiBus specification
4 5m
0 No cable
2 2m
3 3m
I Incremental
A Absolute
1 Single-phase AC 100 V
2 Single-phase AC 200 VC Standard type
CS C O NSeries
TypeSeries
XS E L ( )Standard I/O Expansion I/O
(Slot 1) (Slot 2) (Slot 3) (Slot 4)
B
C
L
M
S
1 1-axis specification
2 2-axis specification
3 3-axis specification
4 4-axis specification
5 5-axis specification
6 6-axis specification
I
A
I
A
N1 32 inputs/16 outputs (NPN)
E Not used
N2 16 inputs/32 outputs (NPN)
N3 48 inputs/48 outputs (NPN)
P1 32 inputs/16 outputs (PNP)
P2 16 inputs/32 outputs (PNP)
P3 48 inputs/48 outputs (PNP)
DV DeviceNet connection board
CC CC-Link connection board
PR ProfiBus connection board
ET Ethernet connection board
2 Single-phase AC 200 V
3 Three-phase AC 200 V
0 No cable
2 2m
3 3m
5 5m
P Large-capacity type
QLarge-capacity typeconforming tosafety category
* For the fields for axis 2 to 6 details, specify the applicable information for the number of axes to be used.
200
300
400
1000
200
300
400
1000
S6SS / S6SM
S8SS / S8SM / S8HS / S8HM
S10SS / S10SM / S10HS / S10HM
H8SS / H8SM / H8HS / H8HM
L15SS / L15SM
N19SS / N19SM
W21SS / W21SM
100
200
300
400
S6SS / S6SM
S8SS / S8SM / S8HS / S8HM
S10SS / S10SM / S10HS / S10HM
H8SS / H8SM / H8HS / H8HM
L15SS / L15SM
N19SS / N19SM
W21SS / W21SM
W21HS / W21HM
S6SS / S6SM
S8SS / S8SM / S8HS / S8HM
S10SS / S10SM / S10HS / S10HM
H8SS / H8SM / H8HS / H8HM
L15SS / L15SM
N19SS / N19SM
W21SS / W21SM
W21HS / W21HMNumber of
connected axes (Axis 1 details) (Axis 2 details)
OptionsOptions
* Axis 2 details are not required if the controller is of 1-axis specification.
I/O type
B Brake
C Creep sensor
L Home sensor/LS
M Master axisspecification
S Slave axisspecification
B
C
L1 1-axis specification
2 2-axis specification
I
A
Incremental
Absolute
I
A
Incremental
Absolute
NP PIO NPN specification(standard)
PN PIO PNP specification
0 No cable
2 2m
3 3m
5 5m
C Standard type
C ( )S S E L
S6SS / S6SM
S8SS / S8SM / S8HS / S8HM
S10SS / S10SM / S10HS / S10HM
H8SS / H8SM / H8HS / H8HM
L15SS / L15SM
N19SS / N19SM
W21SS / W21SM
100
200
300
400
100
200
300
400
S6SS / S6SM
S8SS / S8SM / S8HS / S8HM
S10SS / S10SM / S10HS / S10HM
H8SS / H8SM / H8HS / H8HM
L15SS / L15SM
N19SS / N19SM
W21SS / W21SM
(Note) ● Large high-thrust actuators (W21H□) cannot be operated with the SSEL. Use an XSEL controller.
● If large actuators (W21□□) are to be operated, specify “L” in the options field.
● All linear servo actuator models are of incremental specification. Accordingly, absolute controllers cannot be used with
linear servo actuators.
(Note) ● All linear servo actuator models are of incremental specification. Accordingly, absolute controllers cannot be used with
linear servo actuators.
(Note) ● Although the XSEL controller can control up to six axes, take note that only up to four axes are accepted if all axes are
linear servo actuators. In other words, axes 5 and 6 should always be single-axis robots.
● If large high-thrust actuators (W21H□) are to be operated, take note that one large axis occupies the space for two axes
(axes 1 and 2, or axes 3 and 4).
● If large high-thrust actuators (W21□□) are to be operated, specify “L” in the options field.
● All linear servo actuator models are of incremental specification. Accordingly, absolute controllers cannot be used with
linear servo actuators.
1 Single-phase AC 100 V
2 Single-phase AC 200 V
Brake
Creep sensor
Home sensor/LS
Motor type Motor typeEncoder
typeEncoder
type
Power-supplyvoltage
I/O cablelengthTypeSeries Number of
connected axes (Axis 1 details) (Axis 2 to 6 details)
OptionsOptions
Brake
Creep sensor
Home sensor/LS
Master axisspecificationSlave axisspecification
B
C
L
M
S
Brake
Creep sensor
Home sensor/LS
Master axisspecificationSlave axisspecification
Incremental
Absolute
Incremental
Absolute
100 100
55 56
■Controller Model
Controller Model/Specifications
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
Type Motor type
Motor type Motor type
Encoder type
Encodertype Encoder
type
I/O type Power-supply voltage
Power-supplyvoltage
I/O cable length
I/O cablelength
NP PIO NPN specification(standard)
PN PIO PNP specification
DV DeviceNet specification
CC CC-Link specification
PR ProfiBus specification
4 5m
0 No cable
2 2m
3 3m
I Incremental
A Absolute
1 Single-phase AC 100 V
2 Single-phase AC 200 VC Standard type
CS C O NSeries
TypeSeries
XS E L ( )Standard I/O Expansion I/O
(Slot 1) (Slot 2) (Slot 3) (Slot 4)
B
C
L
M
S
1 1-axis specification
2 2-axis specification
3 3-axis specification
4 4-axis specification
5 5-axis specification
6 6-axis specification
I
A
I
A
N1 32 inputs/16 outputs (NPN)
E Not used
N2 16 inputs/32 outputs (NPN)
N3 48 inputs/48 outputs (NPN)
P1 32 inputs/16 outputs (PNP)
P2 16 inputs/32 outputs (PNP)
P3 48 inputs/48 outputs (PNP)
DV DeviceNet connection board
CC CC-Link connection board
PR ProfiBus connection board
ET Ethernet connection board
2 Single-phase AC 200 V
3 Three-phase AC 200 V
0 No cable
2 2m
3 3m
5 5m
P Large-capacity type
QLarge-capacity typeconforming tosafety category
* For the fields for axis 2 to 6 details, specify the applicable information for the number of axes to be used.
200
300
400
1000
200
300
400
1000
S6SS / S6SM
S8SS / S8SM / S8HS / S8HM
S10SS / S10SM / S10HS / S10HM
H8SS / H8SM / H8HS / H8HM
L15SS / L15SM
N19SS / N19SM
W21SS / W21SM
100
200
300
400
S6SS / S6SM
S8SS / S8SM / S8HS / S8HM
S10SS / S10SM / S10HS / S10HM
H8SS / H8SM / H8HS / H8HM
L15SS / L15SM
N19SS / N19SM
W21SS / W21SM
W21HS / W21HM
S6SS / S6SM
S8SS / S8SM / S8HS / S8HM
S10SS / S10SM / S10HS / S10HM
H8SS / H8SM / H8HS / H8HM
L15SS / L15SM
N19SS / N19SM
W21SS / W21SM
W21HS / W21HMNumber of
connected axes (Axis 1 details) (Axis 2 details)
OptionsOptions
* Axis 2 details are not required if the controller is of 1-axis specification.
I/O type
B Brake
C Creep sensor
L Home sensor/LS
M Master axisspecification
S Slave axisspecification
B
C
L1 1-axis specification
2 2-axis specification
I
A
Incremental
Absolute
I
A
Incremental
Absolute
NP PIO NPN specification(standard)
PN PIO PNP specification
0 No cable
2 2m
3 3m
5 5m
C Standard type
C ( )S S E L
S6SS / S6SM
S8SS / S8SM / S8HS / S8HM
S10SS / S10SM / S10HS / S10HM
H8SS / H8SM / H8HS / H8HM
L15SS / L15SM
N19SS / N19SM
W21SS / W21SM
100
200
300
400
100
200
300
400
S6SS / S6SM
S8SS / S8SM / S8HS / S8HM
S10SS / S10SM / S10HS / S10HM
H8SS / H8SM / H8HS / H8HM
L15SS / L15SM
N19SS / N19SM
W21SS / W21SM
(Note) ● Large high-thrust actuators (W21H□) cannot be operated with the SSEL. Use an XSEL controller.
● If large actuators (W21□□) are to be operated, specify “L” in the options field.
● All linear servo actuator models are of incremental specification. Accordingly, absolute controllers cannot be used with
linear servo actuators.
(Note) ● All linear servo actuator models are of incremental specification. Accordingly, absolute controllers cannot be used with
linear servo actuators.
(Note) ● Although the XSEL controller can control up to six axes, take note that only up to four axes are accepted if all axes are
linear servo actuators. In other words, axes 5 and 6 should always be single-axis robots.
● If large high-thrust actuators (W21H□) are to be operated, take note that one large axis occupies the space for two axes
(axes 1 and 2, or axes 3 and 4).
● If large high-thrust actuators (W21□□) are to be operated, specify “L” in the options field.
● All linear servo actuator models are of incremental specification. Accordingly, absolute controllers cannot be used with
linear servo actuators.
1 Single-phase AC 100 V
2 Single-phase AC 200 V
Brake
Creep sensor
Home sensor/LS
Motor type Motor typeEncoder
typeEncoder
type
Power-supplyvoltage
I/O cablelengthTypeSeries Number of
connected axes (Axis 1 details) (Axis 2 to 6 details)
OptionsOptions
Brake
Creep sensor
Home sensor/LS
Master axisspecification Slave axisspecification
B
C
L
M
S
Brake
Creep sensor
Home sensor/LS
Master axisspecification Slave axisspecification
Incremental
Absolute
Incremental
Absolute
100 100
55 56
■Controller Model
Controller Model/Specifications
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
57 58
I/O Signal Table
■ I/O Signal Table 【SCON Controller】The SCON controller basically operates actuators using I/O signals from a PLC. However, you can change the functions pre-assigned to respective I/Os. Select a desired I/O signal assignment pattern according to the specific conditions of use, from a total of seven modes including six positioner modes and one pulse-train mode.
SCON
Positioner mode
Pulse-train mode…………
* Signals with an asterisk (*) are negative-logic signals.
* Take note that network-ready controllers do not support pulse-train control.
Positioning mode
Teaching mode
256-point mode
512-point mode
Solenoid mode 1
Solenoid mode 2
The slider can be moved freely using pulses sent from a PLC or positioning unit.
Standard specification with 64 positioning points
Jog the slider to a desired position and input the position into the controller.
Up to 256 positioning points are supported (with PZONE signal).
Up to 512 positioning points are supported (without PZONE signal).
Up to seven positioning points are supported using signals resembling solenoid control actions
Up to three positioning points are supported using signals resembling solenoid control actions
1A
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
4B
5A
5B
6A
6B
7A
7B
8A
8B
9A
9B
10A
10B
11A
11B
12A
12B
13A
13B
14A
14B
15A
15B
16A
16B
17A
17B
P24
Input
Output
N
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
000
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
Program No. 1 selection
Program No. 2 selection
Program No. 4 selection
Program No. 8 selection
Program No. 10 selection
Program No. 20 selection
Program No. 40 selection
CPU reset
Start
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
Alarm
Ready
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
Position input 10
Position input 11
Position input 12
Position input 13
−
−
−
Error reset
Start
Home return
Servo ON
Push
Pause
Cancel
Interpolation setting
Position input 1
Position input 2
Position input 3
Position input 4
Position input 5
Position input 6
Position input 7
Position input 8
Position input 9
Alarm
Ready
Positioning complete
Home return complete
Servo ON output
Push complete
System battery error
Absolute battery error
Input 10
Input 11
Input 12
Input 13
Input 14
Input 15
Input 16
Error reset
Start
Home return
Servo ON
Push
Pause
Cancel
Interpolation setting
Input 1
Input 2
Input 3
Input 4
Input 5
Input 6
Input 7
Input 8
Input 9
Alarm
Ready
Positioning complete
Home return complete
Servo ON output
Push complete
System battery error
Absolute battery error
Position input 7
Position input 8
Position input 9
Position input 10
Position input 11
Position input 12
Position input 13
Error reset
Axis 1 start
Axis 1 home return
Axis 1 servo ON
Axis 1 pause
Axis 1 cancellation
Axis 2 start
Axis 2 home return
Axis 2 servo ON
Axis 2 pause
Axis 2 cancellation
Position input 1
Position input 2
Position input 3
Position input 4
Position input 5
Position input 6
Alarm
Ready
Axis 1 positioning complete
Axis 1 home return complete
Axis 1 servo ON output
Axis 2 positioning complete
Axis 2 home return complete
Axis 2 servo ON output
Axis 1 jog -
Axis 2 jog +
Axis 2 jog -
Inching specification (0.01 mm)
Inching specification (0.1 mm)
Inching specification (0.5 mm)
Inching specification (1 mm)
Error reset
Start
Servo ON
Pause
Position input 1
Position input 2
Position input 3
Position input 4
Position input 5
Position input 6
Position input 7
Position input 8
Position input 9
Position input 10
Position input 11
Teaching mode specification
Axis 1 jog +
Alarm
Ready
Positioning complete
Home return complete
Servo ON output
−
System battery error
Absolute battery error
Position No. 1000
−
−
−
−
−
−
CPU reset
Start
Hold (pause)
Cancellation
Interpolation setting
Position No. 1
Position No. 2
Position No. 4
Position No. 8
Position No. 10
Position No. 20
Position No. 40
Position No. 80
Position No. 100
Position No. 200
Position No. 400
Position No. 800
Alarm
Ready
Positioning complete
−
−
−
System battery error
Absolute battery error
PinNo.
BoardNo. Program modeCategory
Standard mode Model switching mode 2-axis independent mode
24 V input
0V input
Positioner mode
Teaching mode DS-S-C1 compatible mode
■ I/O Signal Table 【SSEL Controller】With the SSEL controller, you can select the “Program Mode” where a program is input to operate the actuator, or the “Positioner Mode” where the actuator moves to the position specified by a signal received from a host PLC. The positioner mode includes five input patterns suitable for different applications, so you can select a desired pattern to match the specific operation of your equipment. (Please contact IAI for details.)
SSEL
Program mode…………
Positioner mode
One controller is all you need for both actuator operation and communication with external devices.
Arc interpolation and path operation are also supported.
Standard mode………………
Model switching mode……...
2-axis independent mode…..
Teaching mode……………….
DS-S-C1 compatible mode…
Up to 1,500 positioning points are supported. Push-motion operation is also possible.
The model number can be specified in addition to the position. Different positions
can be specified for different models using the same position number.
Two axes can be operated (started/stopped) independently.
Positions can be externally taught and registered.
The I/O assignment is the same as that of the existing DS-S-C1 controller, so you
can directly swap your DS-S-C1 controller with an SSEL.
* Positions can be input as either binary data or BCD data by switching the applicable setting.
…..
..……
……
……
……
……
1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A
10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18A19A20A1B2B3B4B5B6B7B8B9B
10B11B12B13B14B15B16B17B18B19B20B
24V
24V
−
−
Input
Output
0V
0V
IN0IN1IN2IN3IN4IN5IN6IN7IN8IN9IN10IN11IN12IN13IN14IN15OUT0OUT1OUT2OUT3OUT4OUT5OUT6OUT7OUT8OUT9OUT10OUT11OUT12OUT13OUT14OUT15
64 points×o
PC1PC2PC4PC8PC16PC32MODEJISL
JOG+JOG−RMODHOME*STP
CSTR/PWRTRESSONPM1PM2PM4PM8PM16PM32MOVE
MODESPZONERMDSHEND
PEND/WENDSV
*EMGS*ALM
*BALM
64 pointsoo
PC1PC2PC4PC8PC16PC32
−−−
BKRLRMODHOME*STPCSTRRESSONPM1PM2PM4PM8PM16PM32MOVEZONE1PZONERMDSHENDPEND
SV*EMGS*ALM
*BALM
256 points×o
PC1PC2PC4PC8PC16PC32PC64PC128
−BKRLRMODHOME*STPCSTRRESSONPM1PM2PM4PM8PM16PM32PM64PM128PZONERMDSHENDPEND
SV*EMGS*ALM
*BALM
512 points××
PC1PC2PC4PC8PC16PC32PC64PC128PC256BKRLRMODHOME*STPCSTRRESSONPM1PM2PM4PM8PM16PM32PM64PM128PN256RMDSHENDPEND
SV*EMGS*ALM
*BALM
P24P24NCNC
−−NN
7 pointsoo
ST0ST1ST2ST3ST4ST5ST6
−−
BKRLRMODHOME*STP
−RESSONPE0PE1PE2PE3PE4PE5PE6
ZONE1PZONERMDSHENDPEND
SV*EMGS*ALM
*BALM
3 pointsoo
ST0ST1 (JOG+)
ST2−−−−−−
BKRLRMOD
−−−
RESSONLS0
LS1 (TRQS)LS2
−−−−
ZONE1PZONERMDSHEND
−SV
*EMGS*ALM
*BALM
−××
P24P24NCNC
SONRES
HOMETL
CSTPDCLRBKRLRMOD
−−−−−−−−
PWRSVINP
HENDTLR
*ALM*EMGSRMDSALM1ALM2ALM4ALM8
−−−−−−NN
Number of positioning points
Zone signalP zone signal
Pin
No
.
Ca
teg
ory
Parameter (PIO pattern) selection Pulse-train mode
0
Pulse-train mode
5
Solenoid mode 2
4
Solenoid mode 1
3
512-point mode
2
256-point mode
1
Teaching mode
0
Positioning mode
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
57 58
I/O Signal Table
■ I/O Signal Table 【SCON Controller】The SCON controller basically operates actuators using I/O signals from a PLC. However, you can change the functions pre-assigned to respective I/Os. Select a desired I/O signal assignment pattern according to the specific conditions of use, from a total of seven modes including six positioner modes and one pulse-train mode.
SCON
Positioner mode
Pulse-train mode…………
* Signals with an asterisk (*) are negative-logic signals.
* Take note that network-ready controllers do not support pulse-train control.
Positioning mode
Teaching mode
256-point mode
512-point mode
Solenoid mode 1
Solenoid mode 2
The slider can be moved freely using pulses sent from a PLC or positioning unit.
Standard specification with 64 positioning points
Jog the slider to a desired position and input the position into the controller.
Up to 256 positioning points are supported (with PZONE signal).
Up to 512 positioning points are supported (without PZONE signal).
Up to seven positioning points are supported using signals resembling solenoid control actions
Up to three positioning points are supported using signals resembling solenoid control actions
1A
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
4B
5A
5B
6A
6B
7A
7B
8A
8B
9A
9B
10A
10B
11A
11B
12A
12B
13A
13B
14A
14B
15A
15B
16A
16B
17A
17B
P24
Input
Output
N
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
000
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
Program No. 1 selection
Program No. 2 selection
Program No. 4 selection
Program No. 8 selection
Program No. 10 selection
Program No. 20 selection
Program No. 40 selection
CPU reset
Start
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
Alarm
Ready
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
Position input 10
Position input 11
Position input 12
Position input 13
−
−
−
Error reset
Start
Home return
Servo ON
Push
Pause
Cancel
Interpolation setting
Position input 1
Position input 2
Position input 3
Position input 4
Position input 5
Position input 6
Position input 7
Position input 8
Position input 9
Alarm
Ready
Positioning complete
Home return complete
Servo ON output
Push complete
System battery error
Absolute battery error
Input 10
Input 11
Input 12
Input 13
Input 14
Input 15
Input 16
Error reset
Start
Home return
Servo ON
Push
Pause
Cancel
Interpolation setting
Input 1
Input 2
Input 3
Input 4
Input 5
Input 6
Input 7
Input 8
Input 9
Alarm
Ready
Positioning complete
Home return complete
Servo ON output
Push complete
System battery error
Absolute battery error
Position input 7
Position input 8
Position input 9
Position input 10
Position input 11
Position input 12
Position input 13
Error reset
Axis 1 start
Axis 1 home return
Axis 1 servo ON
Axis 1 pause
Axis 1 cancellation
Axis 2 start
Axis 2 home return
Axis 2 servo ON
Axis 2 pause
Axis 2 cancellation
Position input 1
Position input 2
Position input 3
Position input 4
Position input 5
Position input 6
Alarm
Ready
Axis 1 positioning complete
Axis 1 home return complete
Axis 1 servo ON output
Axis 2 positioning complete
Axis 2 home return complete
Axis 2 servo ON output
Axis 1 jog -
Axis 2 jog +
Axis 2 jog -
Inching specification (0.01 mm)
Inching specification (0.1 mm)
Inching specification (0.5 mm)
Inching specification (1 mm)
Error reset
Start
Servo ON
Pause
Position input 1
Position input 2
Position input 3
Position input 4
Position input 5
Position input 6
Position input 7
Position input 8
Position input 9
Position input 10
Position input 11
Teaching mode specification
Axis 1 jog +
Alarm
Ready
Positioning complete
Home return complete
Servo ON output
−
System battery error
Absolute battery error
Position No. 1000
−
−
−
−
−
−
CPU reset
Start
Hold (pause)
Cancellation
Interpolation setting
Position No. 1
Position No. 2
Position No. 4
Position No. 8
Position No. 10
Position No. 20
Position No. 40
Position No. 80
Position No. 100
Position No. 200
Position No. 400
Position No. 800
Alarm
Ready
Positioning complete
−
−
−
System battery error
Absolute battery error
PinNo.
BoardNo. Program modeCategory
Standard mode Model switching mode 2-axis independent mode
24 V input
0V input
Positioner mode
Teaching mode DS-S-C1 compatible mode
■ I/O Signal Table 【SSEL Controller】With the SSEL controller, you can select the “Program Mode” where a program is input to operate the actuator, or the “Positioner Mode” where the actuator moves to the position specified by a signal received from a host PLC. The positioner mode includes five input patterns suitable for different applications, so you can select a desired pattern to match the specific operation of your equipment. (Please contact IAI for details.)
SSEL
Program mode…………
Positioner mode
One controller is all you need for both actuator operation and communication with external devices.
Arc interpolation and path operation are also supported.
Standard mode………………
Model switching mode……...
2-axis independent mode…..
Teaching mode……………….
DS-S-C1 compatible mode…
Up to 1,500 positioning points are supported. Push-motion operation is also possible.
The model number can be specified in addition to the position. Different positions
can be specified for different models using the same position number.
Two axes can be operated (started/stopped) independently.
Positions can be externally taught and registered.
The I/O assignment is the same as that of the existing DS-S-C1 controller, so you
can directly swap your DS-S-C1 controller with an SSEL.
* Positions can be input as either binary data or BCD data by switching the applicable setting.
…..
..……
……
……
……
……
1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18A19A20A1B2B3B4B5B6B7B8B9B10B11B12B13B14B15B16B17B18B19B20B
24V
24V
−
−
Input
Output
0V
0V
IN0IN1IN2IN3IN4IN5IN6IN7IN8IN9IN10IN11IN12IN13IN14IN15OUT0OUT1OUT2OUT3OUT4OUT5OUT6OUT7OUT8OUT9OUT10OUT11OUT12OUT13OUT14OUT15
64 points×o
PC1PC2PC4PC8PC16PC32MODEJISL
JOG+JOG−RMODHOME*STP
CSTR/PWRTRESSONPM1PM2PM4PM8PM16PM32MOVE
MODESPZONERMDSHEND
PEND/WENDSV
*EMGS*ALM
*BALM
64 pointsoo
PC1PC2PC4PC8PC16PC32
−−−
BKRLRMODHOME*STPCSTRRESSONPM1PM2PM4PM8PM16PM32MOVEZONE1PZONERMDSHENDPEND
SV*EMGS*ALM
*BALM
256 points×o
PC1PC2PC4PC8PC16PC32PC64PC128
−BKRLRMODHOME*STPCSTRRESSONPM1PM2PM4PM8PM16PM32PM64PM128PZONERMDSHENDPEND
SV*EMGS*ALM
*BALM
512 points××
PC1PC2PC4PC8PC16PC32PC64PC128PC256BKRLRMODHOME*STPCSTRRESSONPM1PM2PM4PM8PM16PM32PM64PM128PN256RMDSHENDPEND
SV*EMGS*ALM
*BALM
P24P24NCNC
−−NN
7 pointsoo
ST0ST1ST2ST3ST4ST5ST6
−−
BKRLRMODHOME*STP
−RESSONPE0PE1PE2PE3PE4PE5PE6
ZONE1PZONERMDSHENDPEND
SV*EMGS*ALM
*BALM
3 pointsoo
ST0ST1 (JOG+)
ST2−−−−−−
BKRLRMOD
−−−
RESSONLS0
LS1 (TRQS)LS2
−−−−
ZONE1PZONERMDSHEND
−SV
*EMGS*ALM
*BALM
−××
P24P24NCNC
SONRES
HOMETL
CSTPDCLRBKRLRMOD
−−−−−−−−
PWRSVINP
HENDTLR
*ALM*EMGSRMDSALM1ALM2ALM4ALM8
−−−−−−NN
Number of positioning points
Zone signalP zone signal
Pin
No
.
Ca
teg
ory
Parameter (PIO pattern) selection Pulse-train mode
0
Pulse-train mode
5
Solenoid mode 2
4
Solenoid mode 1
3
512-point mode
2
256-point mode
1
Teaching mode
0
Positioning mode
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
59 60
I/O Signal Table External Dimensions/Options
■ I/O Signal Table 【XSEL Controller】With the XSEL controller, the number of I/O points can be increased by installing up to three expansion I/O boards in addition to the standard I/O board. You can select a desired type of expansion I/O board offering ① 32 input points/16 output points (model N1/P1), ② 16 input points/32 output points (model N2/P2), or ③ 48 input points/48 output points (model N3/P3). ■ Standard I/O Assignment Table
(Model N1/P1) ■ Expansion I/O Assignment Table
(Model N1/P1)■ Expansion I/O Assignment Table
(Model N2/P2)■ Expansion I/O Assignment Table
(Model N3/P3)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
24 V input (pin Nos. 2 to 25/51 to 74)
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
24 V input (pin Nos. 27 to 50/76 to 99)
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
P24
P24
N
N
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
0 V input (pin Nos. 2 to 25/51 to 74)
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
0 V input (pin Nos. 27 to 50/76 to 99)
BoardNo.
Standard setting
Category
PinNo.
BoardNo.
Standard settingCategory
PinNo.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
24 V input
Program start
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
Program setting (No. 1)
Program setting (No. 2)
Program setting (No. 4)
Program setting (No. 8)
Program setting (No. 10)
Program setting (No. 20)
Program setting (No. 40)
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
Alarm output
Ready output
Emergency stop output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
0 V input
BoardNo.
Standardsetting
Category
PinNo.
P24
N
Output
Output
Input
Input
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
24 V input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
0 V input
P24
N
BoardNo.
Standardsetting
Category
PinNo.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
P24
N
BoardNo.
Standardsetting
Category
PinNo.
Input
24 V input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
0 V input
■External Dimensions【SCON】
【SSEL】 (Common to 1-axis and 2-axis Specifications)
【XSEL】Axes 1 to 4 Axes 5, 6 Side view (common)
Type P[Standard
specification]
Type Q[Global
specification]
* The single-phase200V AC specificationconforms to thedimensions of type P.
125.33
249265
180
186
195
49.5757549.5
5
3-φ5
222206
28757528
5
3-φ5
180
186
195
284300
2212012022
5
3-φ5
180
186
195
241257
45.5757545.5
5
3-φ5
180
186
195
(Note 1) Absolute-data backup battery. This battery is not installedif the controller is of incremental specification.
72
4.2
184
519
4(2
00.5
)
φ4.243 121
Less than 400 W 400 W or more
58
4.2
184
177
202.
6
186
195
519
4(2
00.5
)
φ4.229 121
When the absolute battery is installed
(Note 1)
126100
(80)
When the absolute battery is installed
Output
InputInput
OutputOutput
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
59 60
I/O Signal Table External Dimensions/Options
■ I/O Signal Table 【XSEL Controller】With the XSEL controller, the number of I/O points can be increased by installing up to three expansion I/O boards in addition to the standard I/O board. You can select a desired type of expansion I/O board offering ① 32 input points/16 output points (model N1/P1), ② 16 input points/32 output points (model N2/P2), or ③ 48 input points/48 output points (model N3/P3). ■ Standard I/O Assignment Table
(Model N1/P1) ■ Expansion I/O Assignment Table
(Model N1/P1)■ Expansion I/O Assignment Table
(Model N2/P2)■ Expansion I/O Assignment Table
(Model N3/P3)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
24 V input (pin Nos. 2 to 25/51 to 74)
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
24 V input (pin Nos. 27 to 50/76 to 99)
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
P24
P24
N
N
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
0 V input (pin Nos. 2 to 25/51 to 74)
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
0 V input (pin Nos. 27 to 50/76 to 99)
BoardNo.
Standard setting
Category
PinNo.
BoardNo.
Standard setting
Category
PinNo.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
24 V input
Program start
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
Program setting (No. 1)
Program setting (No. 2)
Program setting (No. 4)
Program setting (No. 8)
Program setting (No. 10)
Program setting (No. 20)
Program setting (No. 40)
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
Alarm output
Ready output
Emergency stop output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
0 V input
BoardNo.
Standardsetting
Category
PinNo.
P24
N
Output
Output
Input
Input
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
24 V input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
0 V input
P24
N
BoardNo.
Standardsetting
Category
PinNo.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
P24
N
BoardNo.
Standardsetting
Category
PinNo.
Input
24 V input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose input
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
General-purpose output
0 V input
■External Dimensions【SCON】
【SSEL】 (Common to 1-axis and 2-axis Specifications)
【XSEL】Axes 1 to 4 Axes 5, 6 Side view (common)
Type P[Standard
specification]
Type Q[Global
specification]
* The single-phase200V AC specificationconforms to thedimensions of type P.
125.33
249265
180
186
195
49.5757549.5
5
3-φ5
222206
28757528
5
3-φ5
180
186
195
284300
2212012022
5
3-φ5
180
186
195
241257
45.5757545.5
5
3-φ5
180
186
195
(Note 1) Absolute-data backup battery. This battery is not installedif the controller is of incremental specification.
72
4.2
184
519
4(2
00.5
)
φ4.243 121
Less than 400 W 400 W or more
58
4.2
184
177
202.
6
186
195
519
4(2
00.5
)
φ4.229 121
When the absolute battery is installed
(Note 1)
126100
(80)
When the absolute battery is installed
Output
InputInput
OutputOutput
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
61 62
External Dimensions/Options
■ List of Options/Replacement Parts
Teaching pendant (standard)
Teaching pendant (with deadman switch)
Teaching pendant (ANSI type)
Data setting unit
PC software (with RS232 cable)
PC software (safety category 4)
PC software (with USB cable)
PC software (USB conversion specification)
Regenerative resistance unit
Panel unit
Expansion I/O board
Expansion I/O board
Expansion I/O board
Expansion I/O board
Expansion I/O board
Expansion I/O board
Absolute-data backup battery
Dummy plug
USB conversion adapter
USB cable
Connector conversion cable
RCM-T
RCM-E
IA-T-X-J
IA-T-X
RCM-TD
IA-T-XD-J
IA-T-XD
IA-T-XA-J
IA-T-XA
RCM-P
RCM-101-MW
IA-101-X-MW-J
IA-101-X-MW
IA-101-XA-MW
IA-101-X-USB
IA-101-X-USBMW
RCM-101-USB
REU-1
REU-2
PU-1
IA-103-X-32
IA-103-X-32-P
IA-103-X-16
IA-103-X-16-P
IA-IO-3204-NP
IA-IO-3204-PN
AB-5
DP-3
IA-CV-USB
RCB-CV-USB
CB-SEL-USB010
CB-SEL-SJ002
With connector conversion cable
With connector conversion cable
With connector conversion cable
With connector conversion cable
D-sub, 9-pin connector on PC end
D-sub, 9-pin connector on PC end
USB connector on PC end
USB connector on PC end
For XSEL controller
For SSEL controller or SCON controller
Cable length: 3 m
32 input points/16 output points, NPN specification
32 input points/16 output points, PNP specification
16 input points/32 output points, NPN specification
16 input points/32 output points, PNP specification
48 input points/48 output points, NPN specification
48 input points/48 output points, PNP specification
Cable length: 1 m
Cable length: 0.2 m
Item Model Remarks SSELSCON XSEL
■ Feature
■ Feature
■ Options
Teaching Pendant
PC Software (Windows Only)
Teaching device offering functions for position input, test operation, monitoring, and more.
■ Model
■ Model
RCM-T (standard type)
RCM-TD (deadman switch type)
RCM-E (simplified teaching pendant)
RCM-P (data setting unit)
■ Configuration
■ Model
■ Configuration
■ Configuration
Startup support software equipped with functions for program/position input, test operation, monitoring, and more. Improved debugging functions help you reduce the time required for initial startup.
RCM-101-MW(with external device communication cable + RS232 conversion unit)
RCM-T/TD RCM-E RCM-P
■ Specifications
Surrounding airtemperature/humidity
Surrounding ambience
Weight
Cable length
Display
Approx. 650g
LCD display with21 characters x 16 lines
Temperature 0 to 40°C / Humidity 85% RH or below
Free from corrosive gases. Not subject to significant powder dust.
Approx. 400g
5m
LCD display with 16 characters x 2 lines
Approx. 360g
LCD display with 16 characters x 2 lines
Item RCM-T-TD RCM-E RCM-P
0.3m
5m
5m
Applicable controllerSCON
Applicable controllerSCON
External device communication cableCB-RCA-SIO050
External device communication cableCB-RCA-SIO050
PC software (CD)
PC software (CD)
RS232 conversion adapter RCB-CV-MW
RCM-101-USB(with external device communication cable + USB conversion unit + USB cable)
5m1m
USB cableCB-SEL-USB010
USB conversion adapterRCB-CV-USB
80
105 7.532.5
φ4.8
249.
5
21
6.326.215.1
23.5
43
148.
5
7 (34)72.5
(113.5)
140
2386
ESC
987654
0321
IAI
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
61 62
External Dimensions/Options
■ List of Options/Replacement Parts
Teaching pendant (standard)
Teaching pendant (with deadman switch)
Teaching pendant (ANSI type)
Data setting unit
PC software (with RS232 cable)
PC software (safety category 4)
PC software (with USB cable)
PC software (USB conversion specification)
Regenerative resistance unit
Panel unit
Expansion I/O board
Expansion I/O board
Expansion I/O board
Expansion I/O board
Expansion I/O board
Expansion I/O board
Absolute-data backup battery
Dummy plug
USB conversion adapter
USB cable
Connector conversion cable
RCM-T
RCM-E
IA-T-X-J
IA-T-X
RCM-TD
IA-T-XD-J
IA-T-XD
IA-T-XA-J
IA-T-XA
RCM-P
RCM-101-MW
IA-101-X-MW-J
IA-101-X-MW
IA-101-XA-MW
IA-101-X-USB
IA-101-X-USBMW
RCM-101-USB
REU-1
REU-2
PU-1
IA-103-X-32
IA-103-X-32-P
IA-103-X-16
IA-103-X-16-P
IA-IO-3204-NP
IA-IO-3204-PN
AB-5
DP-3
IA-CV-USB
RCB-CV-USB
CB-SEL-USB010
CB-SEL-SJ002
With connector conversion cable
With connector conversion cable
With connector conversion cable
With connector conversion cable
D-sub, 9-pin connector on PC end
D-sub, 9-pin connector on PC end
USB connector on PC end
USB connector on PC end
For XSEL controller
For SSEL controller or SCON controller
Cable length: 3 m
32 input points/16 output points, NPN specification
32 input points/16 output points, PNP specification
16 input points/32 output points, NPN specification
16 input points/32 output points, PNP specification
48 input points/48 output points, NPN specification
48 input points/48 output points, PNP specification
Cable length: 1 m
Cable length: 0.2 m
Item Model Remarks SSELSCON XSEL
■ Feature
■ Feature
■ Options
Teaching Pendant
PC Software (Windows Only)
Teaching device offering functions for position input, test operation, monitoring, and more.
■ Model
■ Model
RCM-T (standard type)
RCM-TD (deadman switch type)
RCM-E (simplified teaching pendant)
RCM-P (data setting unit)
■ Configuration
■ Model
■ Configuration
■ Configuration
Startup support software equipped with functions for program/position input, test operation, monitoring, and more. Improved debugging functions help you reduce the time required for initial startup.
RCM-101-MW(with external device communication cable + RS232 conversion unit)
RCM-T/TD RCM-E RCM-P
■ Specifications
Surrounding airtemperature/humidity
Surrounding ambience
Weight
Cable length
Display
Approx. 650g
LCD display with21 characters x 16 lines
Temperature 0 to 40°C / Humidity 85% RH or below
Free from corrosive gases. Not subject to significant powder dust.
Approx. 400g
5m
LCD display with 16 characters x 2 lines
Approx. 360g
LCD display with 16 characters x 2 lines
Item RCM-T-TD RCM-E RCM-P
0.3m
5m
5m
Applicable controllerSCON
Applicable controllerSCON
External device communication cableCB-RCA-SIO050
External device communication cableCB-RCA-SIO050
PC software (CD)
PC software (CD)
RS232 conversion adapter RCB-CV-MW
RCM-101-USB(with external device communication cable + USB conversion unit + USB cable)
5m1m
USB cableCB-SEL-USB010
USB conversion adapterRCB-CV-USB
80
105 7.532.5
φ4.8
249.
5
21
6.326.215.1
23.5
43
148.
5
7 (34)72.5
(113.5)
140
2386
ESC
987654
0321
IAI
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
63 64
External Dimensions/Options
■Options
Teaching Pendant
PC Software (Windows Only)
Teaching device offering functions for program/position input, test operation, monitoring, and more.
IA-T-X-J (standard type with connector conversion cable)
IA-T-X (standard type)
IA-T-XD-J (deadman switch type with connector conversion cable)
IA-T-XD (deadman switch type)
IA-T-XA-J (ANSI type with connector conversion cable)
IA-T-XA (ANSI type)
Startup support software equipped with functions for program/position input, test operation, monitoring, and more. Improved debugging functions help you reduce the time required for initial startup.IA-101-X-MW-J (with RS232C cable + connector conversion cable)
IA-101-X-MW (with RS232C cable)
IA-T-X/XD IA-T-XA
■ Specification
Surrounding airtemperature/humidity
Surrounding ambience
Weight
Cable length
Display
Free from corrosive gases. Not subject to significant powder dust.
Temperature 0 to 40°C / Humidity 85% RH or below
Approx. 650 g
4m
LCD display with20 characters x 4 lines
Protected structure conforming to IP54
Approx. 600 g (excluding cable)
5m
LCD display with32 characters x 8 lines
Item IA-T-X/XD IA-T-XA
5m
IA−T−X/XD:4m
IA−T−XA:5m
Conversion cable: CB-SEL-SJ002
0.2m
0.2m
Applicable controllerXSEL-P/PX
Applicable controllerSSEL-C
Connector conversion cable:CB-SEL-SJ002
RS232C cableCB-ST-E1MW050-EB
IA-101-XA-MW (with cable conforming to safety category 4)
IA-101-X-USB (with USB cable)
IA-101-X-USBMW (with USB conversion adapter + cable)
5m
Applicable controllerXSEL-Q/QX
Cable conforming to safety category CB-ST-A1MW050-EB
1m
Applicable controllerSSEL-CDummy plug
DP-3
USB cableCB-SEL-USB010
5m1m
Applicable controllerXSEL-P/PX
RS232C cableCB-ST-E1MW050-EB
USB cableCB-SEL-USB010
USB conversion adapterIA-CV-USB
120
90
265
4528
Applicable controller XSEL-P/Q
Applicablecontroller SSEL-C
Only teaching pendants of version 1.30 or later (or 1.20 or later for the ANSI type) support linear controllers.
Note
Only PC software of version 6.0.0.0 or later supports linear controllers.
Note
80
255
133 58.346.7
Regenerative Resistance Unit
Panel Unit System-memory Backup Battery Absolute-data Backup Battery
This unit returns to heat the regenerative current produced by the motor during deceleration. Use the table on the right to check the total wattage of the actuators you want to operate, and provide one or more regenerative resistance units as required.
REU−1 (XSEL)
REU−2 (SCON/SSEL)
Display unit for checking controller error codes and the program number of the current program.
PU-1 (Cable length: 3 m)
Use this battery if you are using global flags, etc., in your programs and thus want to retain the data even after the power is turned off. (This battery is used with the SSEL.)
AB-5-CS (with case)AB-5 (battery only)
This battery backs up absolute data when an actuator of absolute specification is operated. The absolute-data backup battery is not required for linear servo actuators because all linear servo actuator models are of incremental specification.
AB-5
Dummy Plug USB conversion adapter This plug is connected to the teaching port on an SSEL controller to short the enable circuit, so that the controller can be connected to a PC via a USB cable. (The dummy plug is supplied with PC software IA-101-X-USB.)
This cable is used to connect a controller with USB port (SSEL) to a PC. To connect a controller without USB port (XSEL) to a PC, use the USB conversion adapter to connect the RS232C cable to the USB cable, and connect the USB cable to the USB port on the PC. (Refer to the explanation of PC software IA-101-X-USBMW.)
DP-3
This adapter is used to convert signals received through the RS232 cable or external device communication cable to the format supported by the USB cable.
IA-CV-USB(supplied with IA-101-X-USB)
RCB-CV-USB(supplied with RCM-101-USB)
RS232 conversion adapter
This adapter is used to convert signals received through the external device communication cable (RS485 communication) to the format supported by the RS232 terminal.
RCB-CV-MW(supplied with RCM-101-MW)
USB Cable External Device Communication Cable
CB-SEL-USB010(Cable length: 1 m)
This cable is used to connect an SCON controller to a PC. (The RS232 conversion adapter is needed to connect to the PC.)
CB-RCA-SIO050 (5m)(supplied with RCM-101-MW)
Connector Conversion Cable
This conversion cable is used to connect the D-sub, 25-pin connector for teaching pendant or PC software to the teaching connector (half-pitch) on an SSEL controller.
CB-SEL-SJ002(Cable length: 0.2 m)
Weight
Built-in regenerativeresistor
Unit-controller connectioncable (supplied)
0.9kg
220Ω 80W
CB-ST-REU010 (XSEL)CB-SC-REU010 (SSEL)
■ Reference for Determining the Necessary Number of Regenerative Resistance Units
■ External Dimensions
0
1
2
3
4
5
~200W
~1000W
~1500W
~2000W
Horizontal
~200W
~750W
~800W ~100W
~800W
~1200W
~1600W
~2000W
~2400W
~100W
~400W
~750W
~200W
~600W
~800W
Vertical
* Depending on the operating conditions, more regenerative resistance may be required than what is specified above.
* If you are using an SCON/SSEL and the total wattage suggests that you need two regenerative resistance units, use an REU-1 for the second unit.
φ5
16.6 126
34
5
175
195
186
RB OUT
RB +
RB -
RB +
RB -
RB IN
φ3.2 17
114
43
XSEL XSELSSEL SSELSCON SCON
■ Feature
■ Model
■ Configuration
■ Feature
■ Model
■ Model
■ Configuration
■ Configuration
■ Model■ Configuration
■ Model■ Configuration
PC software (CD)
PC software (CD)
PC software (CD)
PC software (CD)
■ Feature
■ Model
■ Feature
■ Model
■ Feature
■ Model
■ Feature
■ Model
■ Feature
■ Model
■ Feature
■ Model
■ Feature
■ Model
■ Feature
■ Model
■ Feature
■ Model
■ Feature
■ Model
■ Specifications
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
63 64
External Dimensions/Options
■Options
Teaching Pendant
PC Software (Windows Only)
Teaching device offering functions for program/position input, test operation, monitoring, and more.
IA-T-X-J (standard type with connector conversion cable)
IA-T-X (standard type)
IA-T-XD-J (deadman switch type with connector conversion cable)
IA-T-XD (deadman switch type)
IA-T-XA-J (ANSI type with connector conversion cable)
IA-T-XA (ANSI type)
Startup support software equipped with functions for program/position input, test operation, monitoring, and more. Improved debugging functions help you reduce the time required for initial startup.IA-101-X-MW-J (with RS232C cable + connector conversion cable)
IA-101-X-MW (with RS232C cable)
IA-T-X/XD IA-T-XA
■ Specification
Surrounding airtemperature/humidity
Surrounding ambience
Weight
Cable length
Display
Free from corrosive gases. Not subject to significant powder dust.
Temperature 0 to 40°C / Humidity 85% RH or below
Approx. 650 g
4m
LCD display with20 characters x 4 lines
Protected structure conforming to IP54
Approx. 600 g (excluding cable)
5m
LCD display with32 characters x 8 lines
Item IA-T-X/XD IA-T-XA
5m
IA−T−X/XD:4m
IA−T−XA:5m
Conversion cable: CB-SEL-SJ002
0.2m
0.2m
Applicable controllerXSEL-P/PX
Applicable controllerSSEL-C
Connector conversion cable:CB-SEL-SJ002
RS232C cableCB-ST-E1MW050-EB
IA-101-XA-MW (with cable conforming to safety category 4)
IA-101-X-USB (with USB cable)
IA-101-X-USBMW (with USB conversion adapter + cable)
5m
Applicable controllerXSEL-Q/QX
Cable conforming to safety category CB-ST-A1MW050-EB
1m
Applicable controllerSSEL-CDummy plug
DP-3
USB cableCB-SEL-USB010
5m1m
Applicable controllerXSEL-P/PX
RS232C cableCB-ST-E1MW050-EB
USB cableCB-SEL-USB010
USB conversion adapterIA-CV-USB
120
90
265
4528
Applicable controller XSEL-P/Q
Applicablecontroller SSEL-C
Only teaching pendants of version 1.30 or later (or 1.20 or later for the ANSI type) support linear controllers.
Note
Only PC software of version 6.0.0.0 or later supports linear controllers.
Note
80
255
133 58.346.7
Regenerative Resistance Unit
Panel Unit System-memory Backup Battery Absolute-data Backup Battery
This unit returns to heat the regenerative current produced by the motor during deceleration. Use the table on the right to check the total wattage of the actuators you want to operate, and provide one or more regenerative resistance units as required.
REU−1 (XSEL)
REU−2 (SCON/SSEL)
Display unit for checking controller error codes and the program number of the current program.
PU-1 (Cable length: 3 m)
Use this battery if you are using global flags, etc., in your programs and thus want to retain the data even after the power is turned off. (This battery is used with the SSEL.)
AB-5-CS (with case)AB-5 (battery only)
This battery backs up absolute data when an actuator of absolute specification is operated. The absolute-data backup battery is not required for linear servo actuators because all linear servo actuator models are of incremental specification.
AB-5
Dummy Plug USB conversion adapter This plug is connected to the teaching port on an SSEL controller to short the enable circuit, so that the controller can be connected to a PC via a USB cable. (The dummy plug is supplied with PC software IA-101-X-USB.)
This cable is used to connect a controller with USB port (SSEL) to a PC. To connect a controller without USB port (XSEL) to a PC, use the USB conversion adapter to connect the RS232C cable to the USB cable, and connect the USB cable to the USB port on the PC. (Refer to the explanation of PC software IA-101-X-USBMW.)
DP-3
This adapter is used to convert signals received through the RS232 cable or external device communication cable to the format supported by the USB cable.
IA-CV-USB(supplied with IA-101-X-USB)
RCB-CV-USB(supplied with RCM-101-USB)
RS232 conversion adapter
This adapter is used to convert signals received through the external device communication cable (RS485 communication) to the format supported by the RS232 terminal.
RCB-CV-MW(supplied with RCM-101-MW)
USB Cable External Device Communication Cable
CB-SEL-USB010(Cable length: 1 m)
This cable is used to connect an SCON controller to a PC. (The RS232 conversion adapter is needed to connect to the PC.)
CB-RCA-SIO050 (5m)(supplied with RCM-101-MW)
Connector Conversion Cable
This conversion cable is used to connect the D-sub, 25-pin connector for teaching pendant or PC software to the teaching connector (half-pitch) on an SSEL controller.
CB-SEL-SJ002(Cable length: 0.2 m)
Weight
Built-in regenerativeresistor
Unit-controller connectioncable (supplied)
0.9kg
220Ω 80W
CB-ST-REU010 (XSEL)CB-SC-REU010 (SSEL)
■ Reference for Determining the Necessary Number of Regenerative Resistance Units
■ External Dimensions
0
1
2
3
4
5
~200W
~1000W
~1500W
~2000W
Horizontal
~200W
~750W
~800W ~100W
~800W
~1200W
~1600W
~2000W
~2400W
~100W
~400W
~750W
~200W
~600W
~800W
Vertical
* Depending on the operating conditions, more regenerative resistance may be required than what is specified above.
* If you are using an SCON/SSEL and the total wattage suggests that you need two regenerative resistance units, use an REU-1 for the second unit.
φ5
16.6 126
34
5
175
195
186
RB OUT
RB +
RB -
RB +
RB -
RB IN
φ3.2 17
114
43
XSEL XSELSSEL SSELSCON SCON
■ Feature
■ Model
■ Configuration
■ Feature
■ Model
■ Model
■ Configuration
■ Configuration
■ Model■ Configuration
■ Model■ Configuration
PC software (CD)
PC software (CD)
PC software (CD)
PC software (CD)
■ Feature
■ Model
■ Feature
■ Model
■ Feature
■ Model
■ Feature
■ Model
■ Feature
■ Model
■ Feature
■ Model
■ Feature
■ Model
■ Feature
■ Model
■ Feature
■ Model
■ Feature
■ Model
■ Specifications
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
65 66
External Dimensions/Options
■Cable
Motor Cable ■ Model
■ Model
■ Model
CB-XMC-MA□□□ (for large type)CB-X-MA□□□ (for shaft type, small type, flat type, medium type)
Encoder Cable (for Large Type)
CB-X2-PLA□□□
CB-X2-PA□□□
Encoder Cable (for Shaft Type, Small Type, Flat Type, Medium Type)
CB-DS-PIO□□□
L
Controller end
Controller end
4
1
1
4
Wire Color Signal No.
0.75sq
GreenRed
WhiteBlack
PEUVW
1234
WireColorSignal
0.75sq(crimped)
RedWhiteBlackGreen
UVWPE
1234
Actuator end
Actuator end
(10)(20)
(Front view)
(Front view)
(Front view)
(16)
(φ9) (2
1)
(18)
(41)
No.
(41) (14)
(13)
(37)
(15)
(25)
1
9
1
13
14
26
18
10
L
I/O Flat Cable (for SSEL)
I/O Flat Cable (for XSEL)
1B 1A
17B 17A
Flat cable AWG28 (34 cores)
2m
No connector at end
CB-X-PIO□□□LS end
(13)
(41) (14)
(37)
(8)
(15)(1
8)(2
5)
1
9
1
13
14
26
18
10
L
6
1
L
2 1
50 49
I/O Flat Cable (for SCON)
CB-PAC-PIO□□□
*Specify the cable length (L) in □□□. A desired length up to 10 m can be specified. Example) 080 = 8 m
* Specify the cable length (L) in □□□. Example) 080 = 8 m The maximum length is 20 m for the SCON/SSEL and 30 m for the XSEL.
* Specify the cable length (L) in □□□. Example) 080 = 8 m The maximum length is 20 m for the SCON/SSEL and 30 m for the XSEL.
* Specify the cable length (L) in □□□. Example) 080 = 8 m The maximum length is 20 m for the SCON/SSEL and 30 m for the XSEL.
L
B
Half-pitch MIL socket: HIF6-40D-1.27R (Hirose)
20B20A
1B1A
A
L
Plug: 10114-3000PE (Sumitomo 3M)Shell: 10314-52F0-008 (Sumitomo 3M)
Drain wire and braided shielded cable
AWG26(soldered)
−−
White/orangeWhite/greenBrown/blue
Brown/yellowBrown/red
Brown/black−−−
White/blueWhite/yellow
White/redWhite/blackWhite/purpleWhite/grayOrangeGreenPurpleGrayRed
BlackBlue
Yellow−
−−
E24V0VLS
CLEEPOT
RSV−−−
A+A−B+B−Z+Z−
SRD+SRD−BAT+BAT−VCCGNDBKR−BKR+
−
1011121326252423918191234567814151617202122
Wire Color Signal No.
Connect the shielded cable to the hood via a clamp.
(“White/blue” in the wire color field indicates the band color/insulator color.)
White/blueWhite/yellow
White/redWhite/blackWhite/purpleWhite/gray
E24V0VLS
CLEEPOT
RSV
123456
WireColorSignalNo.
White/blueWhite/yellow
White/redWhite/blackWhite/purpleWhite/gray
--
DrainOrangeGreenPurpleGrayRed
Black-
BlueYellow
AABBZZ--
FGSDSD
BAT+BAT-VCCGND
-BK-BK+
123456789101112131415161718
No. WireColorSignal
AWG26(soldered)
AWG26(soldered)
Drain wire and braided shielded cable
−−−−−−−−−−−
White/blueWhite/yellow
White/redWhite/blackWhite/purpleWhite/grayOrangeGreenPurpleGrayRed
BlackBlue
Yellow−
−−
E24V0VLS
CLEEPOT
RSV−−−
A+A−B+B−Z+Z−
SRD+SRD−BAT+BAT-VCCGNDBKR−BKR+
−
1011121326252423918191234567814151617202122
White/blueWhite/yellow
White/redWhite/blackWhite/purpleWhite/gray
--
DrainOrangeGreenPurpleGrayRed
Black-
BlueYellow
AABBZZ--
FGSDSD
BAT+BAT-VCCGND
-BK-BK+
123456789101112131415161718
WireColorSignalNo.
AWG26(soldered)
Connect the shielded cable to the hood via a clamp.
(“White/blue” in the wire color field indicates the band color/insulator color.)
AWG26(soldered)
Flat cable, p
ressure-weld
ed
Flat cable, p
ressure-weld
ed
1A1B2A2B3A3B4A4B5A5B6A6B7A7B8A8B9A
Brown 1Red 1
Orange 1Yellow 1Green 1Blue 1
Purple 1Gray 1White 1Black 1
Brown −2Red 2
Orange 2Yellow 2Green 2Blue 2
Purple 2
9B10A10B11A11B12A12B13A13B14A14B15A15B16A16B17A17B
Gray 2White 2Black 2
Brown −3Red 3
Orange 3Yellow 3Green 3Blue 3
Purple 3Gray 3White 3Black 3
Brown −4Red 4
Orange 4Yellow 4
ColorNo. Wire WireColorNo.
1234567891011121314151617
Brown 1Red 1
Orange 1Yellow 1Green 1Blue 1
Purple 1Gray 1White 1Black 1
Brown −2Red 2
Orange 2Yellow 2Green 2Blue 2
Purple 2
35363738394041424344454647484950
Green 4Blue 4
Purple 4Gray4
White 4Black4
Brown −5Red 5
Orange 5Yellow 5Green 5Blue 5
Purple 5Gray 5White 5Black 5
1819202122232425262728293031323334
Gray 2White 2Black 2
Brown −3Red 3
Orange 3Yellow 3Green 3Blue 3
Purple 3Gray 3White 3Black 3
Brown −4Red 4
Orange 4Yellow 4
SCON Pulse-train Control Cable
CB-SC-PIOS□□□
ColorNo. Wire ColorNo. Wire ColorNo. Wire
Flat cable, p
ressure-weld
ed
Flat cable, p
ressure-weld
ed
Flat cable, p
ressure-weld
ed
Brown −1Red −1
Orange −1Yellow −1Green −1Blue −1
Purple −1Gray −1White −1Black −1Brown −2Red −2
Orange −2Yellow −2Green −2Blue −2
Purple −2Gray −2White −2Black −2
Cable colorNo.Signalname
Wire
24V24V
−−
IN0IN1IN2IN3IN4IN5IN6IN7IN8IN9IN10IN11IN12IN13IN14IN15
1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18A19A20A
Brown −3Red −3
Orange −3Yellow −3Green −3Blue −3
Purple −3Gray −3White −3Black −3Brown −4Red −4
Orange −4Yellow −4Green −4Blue −4
Purple −4Gray −4White −4Black −4
OUT0OUT1OUT2OUT3OUT4OUT5OUT6OUT7OUT8OUT9OUT10OUT11OUT12OUT13OUT14OUT15
−−
0V0V
1B2B3B4B5B6B7B8B9B10B11B12B13B14B15B16B17B18B19B20B
Flat cable Ⓐ(pressure-welded)
Flat cable Ⓑ(pressure-welded) AWG28
HIF6-40D-1.27R
Shieldedcable
Connect the shielded cable to a cable clamp.
1234567891011121314
0.2 sq., soldered
Not usedNot used
PP/PPNP/NPAFB/AFBBFB/BFBZFB/ZFBGNDGND
BlackWhite/black
RedWhite/redGreen
White/greenYellow
White/yellowBrown
White/brownBlue
White/blueGray
White/gray
BlackWhite/black
RedWhite/red
GreenWhite/green
YellowWhite/yellow
BrownWhite/brown
BlueWhite/blue
GrayWhite/gray
Shielded cable
No.Wire Color Signal
(φ10
)(φ
10)
(φ9)
Wire Color Signal No.
(Front view)(Front view) Controller end
Actuator end
■ Model
■ Model
■ Model
■ Model
*Specify the cable length (L) in □□□. A desired length up to 10 m can be specified. Example) 080 = 8 m
*Specify the cable length (L) in □□□. A desired length up to 10 m can be specified. Example) 080 = 8 m
*Specify the cable length (L) in □□□. A desired length up to 10 m can be specified. Example) 080 = 8 m
Flat cable AWG28 (50 cores)
No connector at end
No connector at end
No connector at end
Flat cable AWG28 (20 cores) x 2
Cable colorNo.Signalname
Wire
No connector at end
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By:
65 66
External Dimensions/Options
■Cable
Motor Cable ■ Model
■ Model
■ Model
CB-XMC-MA□□□ (for large type)CB-X-MA□□□ (for shaft type, small type, flat type, medium type)
Encoder Cable (for Large Type)
CB-X2-PLA□□□
CB-X2-PA□□□
Encoder Cable (for Shaft Type, Small Type, Flat Type, Medium Type)
CB-DS-PIO□□□
L
Controller end
Controller end
4
1
1
4
Wire Color Signal No.
0.75sq
GreenRed
WhiteBlack
PEUVW
1234
WireColorSignal
0.75sq(crimped)
RedWhiteBlackGreen
UVWPE
1234
Actuator end
Actuator end
(10)(20)
(Front view)
(Front view)
(Front view)
(16)
(φ9) (2
1)
(18)
(41)
No.
(41) (14)
(13)
(37)
(15)
(25)
1
9
1
13
14
26
18
10
L
I/O Flat Cable (for SSEL)
I/O Flat Cable (for XSEL)
1B 1A
17B 17A
Flat cable AWG28 (34 cores)
2m
No connector at end
CB-X-PIO□□□LS end
(13)
(41) (14)
(37)
(8)
(15)
(18)
(25)
1
9
1
13
14
26
18
10
L
6
1
L
2 1
50 49
I/O Flat Cable (for SCON)
CB-PAC-PIO□□□
*Specify the cable length (L) in □□□. A desired length up to 10 m can be specified. Example) 080 = 8 m
* Specify the cable length (L) in □□□. Example) 080 = 8 m The maximum length is 20 m for the SCON/SSEL and 30 m for the XSEL.
* Specify the cable length (L) in □□□. Example) 080 = 8 m The maximum length is 20 m for the SCON/SSEL and 30 m for the XSEL.
* Specify the cable length (L) in □□□. Example) 080 = 8 m The maximum length is 20 m for the SCON/SSEL and 30 m for the XSEL.
L
B
Half-pitch MIL socket: HIF6-40D-1.27R (Hirose)
20B20A
1B1A
A
L
Plug: 10114-3000PE (Sumitomo 3M)Shell: 10314-52F0-008 (Sumitomo 3M)
Drain wire and braided shielded cable
AWG26(soldered)
−−
White/orangeWhite/greenBrown/blue
Brown/yellowBrown/red
Brown/black−−−
White/blueWhite/yellow
White/redWhite/blackWhite/purpleWhite/grayOrangeGreenPurpleGrayRed
BlackBlue
Yellow−
−−
E24V0VLS
CLEEPOT
RSV−−−
A+A−B+B−Z+Z−
SRD+SRD−BAT+BAT−VCCGNDBKR−BKR+
−
1011121326252423918191234567814151617202122
Wire Color Signal No.
Connect the shielded cable to the hood via a clamp.
(“White/blue” in the wire color field indicates the band color/insulator color.)
White/blueWhite/yellow
White/redWhite/blackWhite/purpleWhite/gray
E24V0VLS
CLEEPOT
RSV
123456
WireColorSignalNo.
White/blueWhite/yellow
White/redWhite/blackWhite/purpleWhite/gray
--
DrainOrangeGreenPurpleGrayRed
Black-
BlueYellow
AABBZZ--
FGSDSD
BAT+BAT-VCCGND
-BK-BK+
123456789101112131415161718
No. WireColorSignal
AWG26(soldered)
AWG26(soldered)
Drain wire and braided shielded cable
−−−−−−−−−−−
White/blueWhite/yellow
White/redWhite/blackWhite/purpleWhite/grayOrangeGreenPurpleGrayRed
BlackBlue
Yellow−
−−
E24V0VLS
CLEEPOT
RSV−−−
A+A−B+B−Z+Z−
SRD+SRD−BAT+BAT-VCCGNDBKR−BKR+
−
1011121326252423918191234567814151617202122
White/blueWhite/yellow
White/redWhite/blackWhite/purpleWhite/gray
--
DrainOrangeGreenPurpleGrayRed
Black-
BlueYellow
AABBZZ--
FGSDSD
BAT+BAT-VCCGND
-BK-BK+
123456789101112131415161718
WireColorSignalNo.
AWG26(soldered)
Connect the shielded cable to the hood via a clamp.
(“White/blue” in the wire color field indicates the band color/insulator color.)
AWG26(soldered)
Flat cable, p
ressure-weld
ed
Flat cable, p
ressure-weld
ed
1A1B2A2B3A3B4A4B5A5B6A6B7A7B8A8B9A
Brown 1Red 1
Orange 1Yellow 1Green 1Blue 1
Purple 1Gray 1White 1Black 1
Brown −2Red 2
Orange 2Yellow 2Green 2Blue 2
Purple 2
9B10A10B11A11B12A12B13A13B14A14B15A15B16A16B17A17B
Gray 2White 2Black 2
Brown −3Red 3
Orange 3Yellow 3Green 3Blue 3
Purple 3Gray 3White 3Black 3
Brown −4Red 4
Orange 4Yellow 4
ColorNo. Wire WireColorNo.
1234567891011121314151617
Brown 1Red 1
Orange 1Yellow 1Green 1Blue 1
Purple 1Gray 1White 1Black 1
Brown −2Red 2
Orange 2Yellow 2Green 2Blue 2
Purple 2
35363738394041424344454647484950
Green 4Blue 4
Purple 4Gray4
White 4Black4
Brown −5Red 5
Orange 5Yellow 5Green 5Blue 5
Purple 5Gray 5White 5Black 5
1819202122232425262728293031323334
Gray 2White 2Black 2
Brown −3Red 3
Orange 3Yellow 3Green 3Blue 3
Purple 3Gray 3White 3Black 3
Brown −4Red 4
Orange 4Yellow 4
SCON Pulse-train Control Cable
CB-SC-PIOS□□□
ColorNo. Wire ColorNo. Wire ColorNo. Wire
Flat cable, p
ressure-weld
ed
Flat cable, p
ressure-weld
ed
Flat cable, p
ressure-weld
ed
Brown −1Red −1
Orange −1Yellow −1Green −1Blue −1
Purple −1Gray −1White −1Black −1Brown −2Red −2
Orange −2Yellow −2Green −2Blue −2
Purple −2Gray −2White −2Black −2
Cable colorNo.Signalname
Wire
24V24V
−−
IN0IN1IN2IN3IN4IN5IN6IN7IN8IN9IN10IN11IN12IN13IN14IN15
1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18A19A20A
Brown −3Red −3
Orange −3Yellow −3Green −3Blue −3
Purple −3Gray −3White −3Black −3Brown −4Red −4
Orange −4Yellow −4Green −4Blue −4
Purple −4Gray −4White −4Black −4
OUT0OUT1OUT2OUT3OUT4OUT5OUT6OUT7OUT8OUT9OUT10OUT11OUT12OUT13OUT14OUT15
−−
0V0V
1B2B3B4B5B6B7B8B9B10B11B12B13B14B15B16B17B18B19B20B
Flat cable Ⓐ(pressure-welded)
Flat cable Ⓑ(pressure-welded) AWG28
HIF6-40D-1.27R
Shieldedcable
Connect the shielded cable to a cable clamp.
123456789
1011121314
0.2 sq., soldered
Not usedNot used
PP/PPNP/NPAFB/AFBBFB/BFBZFB/ZFBGNDGND
BlackWhite/black
RedWhite/redGreen
White/greenYellow
White/yellowBrown
White/brownBlue
White/blueGray
White/gray
BlackWhite/black
RedWhite/red
GreenWhite/green
YellowWhite/yellow
BrownWhite/brown
BlueWhite/blue
GrayWhite/gray
Shielded cable
No.Wire Color Signal
(φ10
)(φ
10)
(φ9)
Wire Color Signal No.
(Front view)(Front view) Controller end
Actuator end
■ Model
■ Model
■ Model
■ Model
*Specify the cable length (L) in □□□. A desired length up to 10 m can be specified. Example) 080 = 8 m
*Specify the cable length (L) in □□□. A desired length up to 10 m can be specified. Example) 080 = 8 m
*Specify the cable length (L) in □□□. A desired length up to 10 m can be specified. Example) 080 = 8 m
Flat cable AWG28 (50 cores)
No connector at end
No connector at end
No connector at end
Flat cable AWG28 (20 cores) x 2
Cable colorNo.Signalname
Wire
No connector at end
ELECTROMATEToll Free Phone (877) SERVO98
Toll Free Fax (877) SERV099www.electromate.com
Sold & Serviced By: